<?xml version = '1.0' encoding = 'UTF-8'?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <ttl>1440</ttl>
    <title>Going Linux</title>
    <link>http://goinglinux.com</link>
    <description>Once you become aware that there is a dependable, secure, capable, and modern computer system that rivals all others in popularity and actual use, you will want to try the Linux operating system on your computer. Perhaps you've been using a member of the Unix/Linux family - Linux, Android, ChromeOS, BSD or even OSX - for quite a while. If so, you are likely looking for new ways to optimize your technology for the way you work. Going Linux is for computer users who just want to use Linux to get things done. Are you new to Linux, upgrading from Windows to Linux, or just thinking about moving to Linux? This audio podcast provides you with practical, day-to-day advice on how to use Linux and its applications. Our goal is to help make the Linux experience easy for you.</description>
    <language>en-us</language>
    <pubDate>Fri, 11 Oct 2019 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
    <copyright>Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.</copyright>
    <docs>http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss</docs>
    <managingEditor>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</managingEditor>
    <webMaster>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</webMaster>
    <category>Podcasts</category>
    <generator>pluma Text Editor</generator>
    <itunes:subtitle>Going Linux | Learn how to use Linux and its applications | Move from Windows to Ubuntu, Mint or other Linux operating systems</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:author>Larry Bushey and Bill Smith</itunes:author>
    <itunes:summary>Once you become aware that there is a dependable, secure, capable, and modern computer system that rivals all others in popularity and actual use, you will want to try the Linux operating system on your computer. Perhaps you've been using a member of the Unix/Linux family - Linux, Android, ChromeOS, BSD or even OSX - for quite a while. If so, you are likely looking for new ways to optimize your technology for the way you work. Going Linux is for computer users who just want to use Linux to get things done. Are you new to Linux, upgrading from Windows to Linux, or just thinking about moving to Linux? This audio podcast provides you with practical, day-to-day advice on how to use Linux and its applications. Our goal is to help make the Linux experience easy for you.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Larry Bushey</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:image href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <itunes:category text="Education" >
      <itunes:category text="How To" />
    </itunes:category>
    <image>
      <url>http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.png</url>
      <title>Going Linux</title>
      <link>http://goinglinux.com</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:block>no</itunes:block>
    <itunes:keywords>technology,education,how,to,linux</itunes:keywords>
    <atom:link xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" href="http://goinglinux.com/mp3podcast.xml" type="application/rss+xml" />
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #378 · Zorin Review </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp378</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #378 · Zorin Review </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #378 · Zorin Review 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:47 Zorin Ultimate contest winner
        05:33 Bill's new hobby
        08:50 Zorin Review
        09:33 Core vs. Ultimate
        10:35 Is the Core version of Zorin crippled?
        16:44 Any issues installing or running Zorin?
        20:10 What about installing software applications?
        22:45 Customizing the Zorin Desktop
        24:37 Anything else we need to know about Zorin?
        27:49 The overview
        32:01 Bill's final rating of Zorin
        33:02 What is the price of Zorin Ultimate?
        36:09 What about upgrading to the next LTS?
        40:39 Free educational version
        42:43 Accessibility features of Zorin
        46:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        48:43 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="35221504" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp378/glp378.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp378/glp378.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 07 Oct 2019 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		48:43
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Our review of of Zorin OS includes a give-away of one copy of Zorin Ultimate. </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 378 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #378 · Zorin Review <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:47 Zorin Ultimate contest winner<br>
        05:33 Bill's new hobby<br>
        08:50 Zorin Review<br>
        09:33 Core vs. Ultimate<br>
        10:35 Is the Core version of Zorin crippled?<br>
        16:44 Any issues installing or running Zorin?<br>
        20:10 What about installing software applications?<br>
        22:45 Customizing the Zorin Desktop<br>
        24:37 Anything else we need to know about Zorin?<br>
        27:49 The overview<br>
        32:01 Bill's final rating of Zorin<br>
        33:02 What is the price of Zorin Ultimate?<br>
        36:09 What about upgrading to the next LTS?<br>
        40:39 Free educational version<br>
        42:43 Accessibility features of Zorin<br>
        46:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        48:43 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #378 · Zorin Review " />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:33" title="Bill's new hobby" />
        <psc:chapter start="08:50" title="Zorin Review" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:33" title="Core vs. Ultimate" />
        <psc:chapter start="10:35" title="Is the Core version of Zorin crippled?" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:44" title="Any issues installing or running Zorin?" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:10" title="What about installing software applications?" />
        <psc:chapter start="22:45" title="Customizing the Zorin Desktop" />
        <psc:chapter start="24:37" title="Anything else we need to know about Zorin?" />
        <psc:chapter start="27:49" title="The overview" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:01" title="Bill's final rating of Zorin" />
        <psc:chapter start="33:02" title="What is the price of Zorin Ultimate?" />
        <psc:chapter start="36:09" title="What about upgrading to the next LTS?" />
        <psc:chapter start="40:39" title="Free educational version" />
        <psc:chapter start="42:43" title="Accessibility features of Zorin" />
        <psc:chapter start="46:39" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #377 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp377</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #377 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #377 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:54 Going Linux Giveaway 
        07:50 James: Hidden Gems 
        09:05 Liferea to replace gPodder 
        09:45 Media Players 
        14:02 Geneology 
        15:18 Project Management 
        17:09 George: Banshee support 
        18:14 David: FreeOffice issues 
        22:09 George: 25,000 points 
        24:09 Michael: Moving back to Ubuntu MATE 
        28:23 Greg: Computer clock solution 
        32:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        33:27 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="24229888" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp377/glp377.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp377/glp377.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 21 Sep 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		33:27
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Our first giveaway. In this episode: hidden gems, Banshee abandoned, FreeOffice issues, back to Ubuntu MATE for accessibility, and NTP and hardware clock. </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 377 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #377 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:54 Going Linux Giveaway <br>
        07:50 James: Hidden Gems <br>
        09:05 Liferea to replace gPodder <br>
        09:45 Media Players <br>
        14:02 Geneology <br>
        15:18 Project Management <br>
        17:09 George: Banshee support <br>
        18:14 David: FreeOffice issues <br>
        22:09 George: 25,000 points <br>
        24:09 Michael: Moving back to Ubuntu MATE <br>
        28:23 Greg: Computer clock solution <br>
        32:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        33:27 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #377 · Listener Feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="07:50" title="James: Hidden Gems " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:05" title="Liferea to replace gPodder " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:45" title="Media Players " />
        <psc:chapter start="14:02" title="Geneology " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:18" title="Project Management " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:09" title="George: Banshee support " />
        <psc:chapter start="18:14" title="David: FreeOffice issues " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:09" title="George: 25,000 points " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:09" title="Michael: Moving back to Ubuntu MATE " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:23" title="Greg: Computer clock solution " />
        <psc:chapter start="32:19" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #376 · Switching from Windows and Upgrading to Linux Part 1 </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp376</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #376 · Switching from Windows and Upgrading to Linux Part 1 </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #376 · Switching from Windows and Upgrading to Linux Part 1 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:03 Distrohopping: Zorin OS 
        11:58 How to switch 
        14:23 Browsers 
        19:09 Office Suites 
        22:58 Define: Snap and Flatpack 
        25:20 Entertainment and communication 
        28:21 Why do people switch from Windows to Linux? 
        41:50 What's in part two of this series? 
        45:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        46:19 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="33492992" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp376/glp376.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp376/glp376.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 01 Sep 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		46:19
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In today's show we start a series on how to switch from Windows and upgrade to Linux. We break the process down into easy steps. </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 376 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #376 · Switching from Windows and Upgrading to Linux Part 1 <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:03 Distrohopping: Zorin OS <br>
        11:58 How to switch <br>
        14:23 Browsers <br>
        19:09 Office Suites <br>
        22:58 Define: Snap and Flatpack <br>
        25:20 Entertainment and communication <br>
        28:21 Why do people switch from Windows to Linux? <br>
        41:50 What's in part two of this series? <br>
        45:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        46:19 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #376 · Switching from Windows and Upgrading to Linux Part 1 " />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:03" title="Distrohopping: Zorin OS " />
        <psc:chapter start="11:58" title="How to switch " />
        <psc:chapter start="14:23" title="Browsers " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:09" title="Office Suites " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:58" title="Define: Snap and Flatpack " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:20" title="Entertainment and communication " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:21" title="Why do people switch from Windows to Linux? " />
        <psc:chapter start="41:50" title="What's in part two of this series? " />
        <psc:chapter start="45:17" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #375 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp375</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #375 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #375 · Listener Feedback
        00:15 Introduction
        00:55 Tugboat
        10:00 Distrohopping: MX Linux
        14:31 FreeOffice
        25:37 Michael: Running Slint
        32:51 Highlander: Errors and resolutions
        35:39 Jim: Ubuntu problems
        38:57 Juan: Barrier/Synergy question
        43:25 Mike: Video capture question
        45:52 Benjamin: MATE Applet Panel and Orca question
        41:10 George: 'Windows Gone' - an issue of privacy and security
        57:30 Daniel: gPodder accessibility frustrations
        58:56 James: A question on Bashee
        62:51 JackDeth: This sucks!
        67:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
        69:14 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="49993728" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp375/glp375.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp375/glp375.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 17 Aug 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		69:14
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we have several questions about accessibility in Linux applications, we discuss a couple of cross-platform office suites that provide a bit better compatibility with Microsoft Office file formats, and we discuss problems and solutions for Ubuntu, Barrier, video and privacy and security. Lastly, we comment on Linux Journal's goodbye.<b>
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 375 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #375 · Listener Feedback<br>
        00:15 Introduction<br>
        00:55 Tugboat<br>
        10:00 Distrohopping: MX Linux<br>
        14:31 FreeOffice<br>
        25:37 Michael: Running Slint<br>
        32:51 Highlander: Errors and resolutions<br>
        35:39 Jim: Ubuntu problems<br>
        38:57 Juan: Barrier/Synergy question<br>
        43:25 Mike: Video capture question<br>
        45:52 Benjamin: MATE Applet Panel and Orca question
        41:10 George: 'Windows Gone' - an issue of privacy and security<br>
        57:30 Daniel: gPodder accessibility frustrations<br>
        58:56 James: A question on Bashee<br>
        62:51 JackDeth: This sucks!<br>
        67:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        69:14 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #375 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:55" title="Tugboat" />
        <psc:chapter start="10:00" title="Distrohopping: MX Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="14:31" title="FreeOffice" />
        <psc:chapter start="25:37" title="Michael: Running Slint" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:51" title="Highlander: Errors and resolutions" />
        <psc:chapter start="35:39" title="Jim: Ubuntu problems" />
        <psc:chapter start="38:57" title="Juan: Barrier/Synergy question" />
        <psc:chapter start="43:25" title="Mike: Video capture question" />
        <psc:chapter start="45:52" title="Benjamin: MATE Applet Panel and Orca question" />
        <psc:chapter start="41:10" title="George: 'Windows Gone' - an issue of privacy and security" />
        <psc:chapter start="57:30" title="Daniel: gPodder accessibility frustrations" />
        <psc:chapter start="58:56" title="James: A question on Bashee" />
        <psc:chapter start="62:51" title="JackDeth: This sucks!" />
        <psc:chapter start="67:35" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #374 · Snaps, Flatpaks and Appimages </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp374</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #374 · Snaps, Flatpaks and Appimages </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #374 · Snaps, Flatpaks and Appimages 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:00 Going Linux #374 · Snaps, Flatpaks and Appimages 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:53 Distrohopping: Fedora Silverblue 
        09:02 Snaps, Flatpaks, and AppImages 
        12:47 Snaps 
        13:46 Terms defined 
        16:15 Advantages of Snaps 
        17:42 Flatpaks 
        19:07 Is Flatpak a container technology? 
        22:05 AppImages 
        25:53 Which one should I use? 
        31:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        32:40 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="23664640" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp374/glp374.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp374/glp374.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 09 Aug 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		32:40
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p>We've heard a lot about them, but what ARE Snaps, Flatpaks, and AppImages? What do they do for us? Which should we use? <b>
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 374 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #374 · Snaps, Flatpaks and Appimages <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:53 Distrohopping: Fedora Silverblue <br>
        09:02 Snaps, Flatpaks, and AppImages <br>
        12:47 Snaps <br>
        13:46 Terms defined <br>
        16:15 Advantages of Snaps <br>
        17:42 Flatpaks <br>
        19:07 Is Flatpak a container technology? <br>
        22:05 AppImages <br>
        25:53 Which one should I use? <br>
        31:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        32:40 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #374 · Snaps, Flatpaks and Appimages" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:53" title="Distrohopping: Fedora Silverblue " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:02" title="Snaps, Flatpaks, and AppImages " />
        <psc:chapter start="12:47" title="Snaps " />
        <psc:chapter start="13:46" title="Terms defined " />
        <psc:chapter start="16:15" title="Advantages of Snaps " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:42" title="Flatpaks " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:07" title=" Is Flatpak a container technology? " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:05" title="AppImages " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:53" title="Which one should I use? " />
        <psc:chapter start="31:40" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #373 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp373</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #373 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #373 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:39 Nancy: Provided voice feedback 
        07:38 Frank: A comment on File Manager Flummox 
        15:44 Curbuntu: Moving settings in Ubuntu 
        22:42 Highlander: 'Isn't this odd?' 
        24:12 Josh: A software recommendation 
        26:31 Benjamin: A problem booting Linux ISOs on Windows 10 1903 
        32:18 David: A Minty update 
        34:24 Jim: Answers for the GRUB questions in episode 371 
        39:27 John helps out Larry's memory 
        40:20 Mike: Google ANYTHING can not be trusted 
        42:36 Anuj: Promotion 
        43:51 Paul: Discord video freeze 
        47:14 Marian: An Ubuntu LTS correction 
        50:45 Locast 
        56:53 Shotwell 
        59:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        60:12 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="43487232" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp373/glp373.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp373/glp373.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		60:12
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p>In this listener feedback, we have a voice message from Nancy, Frank reports a flummox, Curbuntu is moving settings, is the Canadian wirless industry listening to Going Linux?, and much more. <b>
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 373 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #373 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:39 Nancy: Provided voice feedback <br>
        07:38 Frank: A comment on File Manager Flummox <br>
        15:44 Curbuntu: Moving settings in Ubuntu <br>
        22:42 Highlander: 'Isn't this odd?' <br>
        24:12 Josh: A software recommendation <br>
        26:31 Benjamin: A problem booting Linux ISOs on Windows 10 1903 <br>
        32:18 David: A Minty update <br>
        34:24 Jim: Answers for the GRUB questions in episode 371 <br>
        39:27 John helps out Larry's memory <br>
        40:20 Mike: Google ANYTHING can not be trusted <br>
        42:36 Anuj: Promotion <br>
        43:51 Paul: Discord video freeze <br>
        47:14 Marian: An Ubuntu LTS correction <br>
        50:45 Locast <br>
        56:53 Shotwell <br>
        59:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        60:12 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #373 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #373 · Listener Feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
        <psc:chapter start="01:39" title="Nancy: Provided voice feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="07:38" title="Frank: A comment on File Manager Flummox " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:44" title="Curbuntu: Moving settings in Ubuntu " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:42" title="Highlander: 'Isn't this odd?' " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:12" title="Josh: A software recommendation " />
        <psc:chapter start="26:31" title="Benjamin: A problem booting Linux ISOs on Windows 10 1903 " />
        <psc:chapter start="32:18" title="David: A Minty update " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:24" title="Jim: Answers for the GRUB questions in episode 371 " />
        <psc:chapter start="39:27" title="John helps out Larry's memory " />
        <psc:chapter start="40:20" title="Mike: Google ANYTHING can not be trusted " />
        <psc:chapter start="42:36" title="Anuj: Promotion " />
        <psc:chapter start="43:51" title="Paul: Discord video freeze " />
        <psc:chapter start="47:14" title="Marian: An Ubuntu LTS correction " />
        <psc:chapter start="50:45" title="Locast " />
        <psc:chapter start="56:53" title="Shotwell " />
        <psc:chapter start="59:00" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #372 · Ubuntu Derivatives </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp372</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #372 · Ubuntu Derivatives </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #372 · Ubuntu Derivatives 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:05 Bill's most recent free machine and how he got it 
        14:24 Ubuntu derivatives 
        15:42 Ubuntu MATE 
        24:10 Why to install additional desktop environments 
        25:29 Why NOT to install additional desktop environments 
        28:21 Lubuntu 
        34:19 Xubuntu 
        39:02 Kubuntu 
        44:53 Ubuntu Studio 
        52:25 Ubuntu Budgie 
        57:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        58:08 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="42000384" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp372/glp372.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp372/glp372.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 06 Jul 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		58:08
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill has a new computer he got for free. It's 5 years old, modern hardware, can't run Windows 10 (according to Microsoft), and is perfect for Bill to use to test Linux distros! In the main portion of the episode, we discuss 6 Linux distributions that are official Ubuntu derivatives you can use.
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 372 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #372 · Ubuntu Derivatives <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:05 Bill's most recent free machine and how he got it <br>
        14:24 Ubuntu derivatives <br>
        15:42 Ubuntu MATE <br>
        24:10 Why to install additional desktop environments <br>
        25:29 Why NOT to install additional desktop environments <br>
        28:21 Lubuntu <br>
        34:19 Xubuntu <br>
        39:02 Kubuntu <br>
        44:53 Ubuntu Studio <br>
        52:25 Ubuntu Budgie <br>
        57:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        58:08 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #372 · Ubuntu Derivatives" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:05" title="Bill's most recent free machine and how he got it " />
        <psc:chapter start="14:24" title="Ubuntu derivatives " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:42" title="Ubuntu MATE " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:10" title="Why to install additional desktop environments " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:29" title="Why NOT to install additional desktop environments "/>
        <psc:chapter start="28:21" title="Lubuntu " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:19" title="Xubuntu " />
        <psc:chapter start="39:02" title="Kubuntu " />
        <psc:chapter start="44:53" title="Ubuntu Studio " />
        <psc:chapter start="52:25" title="Ubuntu Budgie " />
        <psc:chapter start="57:01" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #371 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp371</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #371 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #371 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00.54 Summer weather 
        01:43 Distro hopping: Ubuntu 18.04 again 
        04:46 Greg: GNU Linux Distributions Timeline 
        17:49 Troy: Grub and dual boot 
        24:06 Highlander: Hiding files 
        28:54 George: William and the unmountable drive 
        34:27 Highlander: Communications security 
        41:57 David: Have you seen these articles? 
        49:33 Grubb: Finding the right Linux distribution 
        60:10 Ro: Why won't she boot? 
        69:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        79:41 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="51036160" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp371/glp371.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp371/glp371.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 23 Jun 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		79:41
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill continues his distro hopping. We discuss the history of Linux and a wall-mountable timeline. Troy gives feedback on Grub. Grubb give feedback on finding the right distribution. Highlander talks communication security and hidden files. Ro's Alienware computer won't boot. David provides liks to articles. 
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 371 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #371 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00.54 Summer weather <br>
        01:43 Distro hopping: Ubuntu 18.04 again <br>
        04:46 Greg: GNU Linux Distributions Timeline <br>
        17:49 Troy: Grub and dual boot <br>
        24:06 Highlander: Hiding files <br>
        28:54 George: William and the unmountable drive <br>
        34:27 Highlander: Communications security <br>
        41:57 David: Have you seen these articles? <br>
        49:33 Grubb: Finding the right Linux distribution <br>
        60:10 Ro: Why won't she boot? <br>
        69:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        79:41 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #371 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00.54" title="Summer weather " />
        <psc:chapter start="01:43" title="Distro hopping: Ubuntu 18.04 again " />
        <psc:chapter start="04:46" title="Greg: GNU Linux Distributions Timeline " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:49" title="Troy: Grub and dual boot " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:06" title="Highlander: Hiding files " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:54" title="George: William and the unmountable drive " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:27" title="Highlander: Communications security " />
        <psc:chapter start="41:57" title="David: Have you seen these articles? " />
        <psc:chapter start="49:33" title="Grubb: Finding the right Linux distribution " />
        <psc:chapter start="60:10" title="Ro: Why won't she boot? " />
        <psc:chapter start="69:16" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #370 · Run your business on Linux - Part 4 </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp370</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #370 · Run your business on Linux - Part 4 </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #370 · Run your business on Linux - Part 4 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:14 Distro hopping: Deepin-ing distrust 
        02:11 Trust 
        03:14 Ubuntu MATE 
        10:04 Martin Wimpress 
        12:41 Community update 
        18:17 Open Source vs. Proprietary software 
        20:39 Linux applications for writers 
        21:22 Linux word processors 
        21:52 Linux e-book manager, viewer, converter 
        24:00 Linux software for desktop publishing 
        25:49 Linux software for graphics and illustrations 
        32:10 Other testimonials 
        35:01 Thank you to our team of Minions 
        37:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        39:01 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="28237824" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp370/glp370.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp370/glp370.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 15 Jun 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		39:01
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>After we discuss Bill's latest adventure in distro hopping, we continue our series on Linux applications for running a business. This time, the we are discussing the business of being a writer. From applications to word processors to desktop publishing and graphic creation, LInux has applications for it all.
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 370 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #370 · Run your business on Linux - Part 4 <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:14 Distro hopping: Deepin-ing distrust <br>
        02:11 Trust <br>
        03:14 Ubuntu MATE <br>
        10:04 Martin Wimpress <br>
        12:41 Community update <br>
        18:17 Open Source vs. Proprietary software <br>
        20:39 Linux applications for writers <br>
        21:22 Linux word processors <br>
        21:52 Linux e-book manager, viewer, converter <br>
        24:00 Linux software for desktop publishing <br>
        25:49 Linux software for graphics and illustrations <br>
        32:10 Other testimonials <br>
        35:01 Thank you to our team of Minions <br>
        37:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        39:01 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #369 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:14" title="Distro hopping: Deepin-ing distrust " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:11" title="Trust " />
        <psc:chapter start="03:14" title="Ubuntu MATE " />
        <psc:chapter start="10:04" title="Martin Wimpress " />
        <psc:chapter start="12:41" title="Community update " />
        <psc:chapter start="18:17" title="Open Source vs. Proprietary software " />
        <psc:chapter start="20:39" title="Linux applications for writers " />
        <psc:chapter start="21:22" title="Linux word processors " />
        <psc:chapter start="21:52" title="Linux e-book manager, viewer, converter " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:00" title="Linux software for desktop publishing " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:49" title="Linux software for graphics and illustrations " />
        <psc:chapter start="32:10" title="Other testimonials " />
        <psc:chapter start="35:01" title="Thank you to our team of Minions " />
        <psc:chapter start="37:52" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #369 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp369</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #369 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #369 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:01 Shout out to Transworld 
        02:05 Distrohopping: Deepin Linux 
        03:55 Minetest 
        05:43 NZ17: How Helios got his voice back 
        07:38 Highlander: Bypassing GUI update blockage in Fedora 29 
        10:19 Hamilcar Follow up to Episode 359 
        12:26 Stephen: Discord and OpenSUSE 
        18:13 James: Config file syntax 
        22:00 Albert: Needs a new printer 
        27:25 Troy: Linux on laptops, tablets, convertibles, etc. for on the road 
        32:01 George: Comments on Back to Basics 
        37:01 William: Comments on Zorin 
        44:37 Highlander: Issue with Firefox security add-ons 
        46:53 Getto Geek: Ubuntu on an SSD 
        48:11 Nick: problems with LibreOffice 
        51:12 Scott: Trim function 
        56:29 Heath: Scanner issues 
        58:52 Highlander: Offline backups 
        59:25 Scott: A mouse tip 
        62:04 Barrier 
        65:01 Makehuman 
        68:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        69:04 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="49872896" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp369/glp369.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp369/glp369.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 27 May 2019 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		69:04
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>With a shout out and application picks, this episode provides more than just listener feedback. The feedback we have received over the past month includes questions about OpenSUSE, Fedora 29, Zorin, Ubuntu, configuration file syntax, mice, printers, and scanners. Of course, there is more. </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 369 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #369 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:01 Shout out to Transworld <br>
        02:05 Distrohopping: Deepin Linux <br>
        03:55 Minetest <br>
        05:43 NZ17: How Helios got his voice back <br>
        07:38 Highlander: Bypassing GUI update blockage in Fedora 29 <br>
        10:19 Hamilcar Follow up to Episode 359 <br>
        12:26 Stephen: Discord and OpenSUSE <br>
        18:13 James: Config file syntax <br>
        22:00 Albert: Needs a new printer <br>
        27:25 Troy: Linux on laptops, tablets, convertibles, etc. for on the road <br>
        32:01 George: Comments on Back to Basics <br>
        37:01 William: Comments on Zorin <br>
        44:37 Highlander: Issue with Firefox security add-ons <br>
        46:53 Getto Geek: Ubuntu on an SSD <br>
        48:11 Nick: problems with LibreOffice <br>
        51:12 Scott: Trim function <br>
        56:29 Heath: Scanner issues <br>
        58:52 Highlander: Offline backups <br>
        59:25 Scott: A mouse tip <br>
        62:04 Barrier <br>
        65:01 Makehuman <br>
        68:00 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        69:04 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #369 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:01" title="Shout out to Transworld" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:05" title="Distrohopping: Deepin Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="03:55" title="Minetest" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:43" title="NZ17: How Helios got his voice back" />
        <psc:chapter start="07:38" title="Highlander: Bypassing GUI update blockage in Fedora 29" />
        <psc:chapter start="10:19" title="Hamilcar Follow up to Episode 359" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:26" title="Stephen: Discord and OpenSUSE" />
        <psc:chapter start="18:13" title="James: Config file syntax" />
        <psc:chapter start="22:00" title="Albert: Needs a new printer" />
        <psc:chapter start="27:25" title="Troy: Linux on laptops, tablets, convertibles, etc. for on the road" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:01" title="George: Comments on Back to Basics" />
        <psc:chapter start="37:01" title="William: Comments on Zorin" />
        <psc:chapter start="44:37" title="Highlander: Issue with Firefox security add-ons" />
        <psc:chapter start="46:53" title="Getto Geek: Ubuntu on an SSD" />
        <psc:chapter start="48:11" title="Nick: problems with LibreOffice" />
        <psc:chapter start="51:12" title="Scott: Trim function" />
        <psc:chapter start="56:29" title="Heath: Scanner issues" />
        <psc:chapter start="58:52" title="Highlander: Offline backups" />
        <psc:chapter start="59:25" title="Scott: A mouse tip" />
        <psc:chapter start="62:04" title="Barrier" />
        <psc:chapter start="65:01" title="Makehuman" />
        <psc:chapter start="68:00" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #368 · Back to Basics - Why Linux? </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp368</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #368 · Back to Basics - Why Linux? </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #368 · Back to Basics - Why Linux? 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:57 Distro hopping to PopOS 
        05:34 and Ubuntu 19.04  
        10:05 and Ubuntu MATE 19.04 
        12:04 and Ubuntu Budgie 
        13:06 and Scientific Linux 
        13:54 Cleaning up DropBox 
        17:51 Last time on 'Back to Basics' 
        19:16 What is Linux? 
        20:50 Why Linux? 
        22:53 Try before you commit 
        24:08 Multiple sources of support 
        27:28 Linux is better-supported, safer, and more secure 
        30:11 Linux is a modern operating system for for any kind of user 
        32:36 Comparing restoring Windows vs. Linux 
        34:48 Linux and its applications are developed by its users 
        37:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        38:21 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="27756544" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp368/glp368.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp368/glp368.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		38:21
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Our objective for this Back To Basics series is to update the information we've been providing over the past 12 years and to ensure that we continue to provide a reference for Linux users who want to adopt Linux for their day-to-day computing needs. Today: What is Linux and Why Linux?
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 368 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #368 · Back to Basics - Why Linux? <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:57 Distro hopping to PopOS <br>
        05:34 and Ubuntu 19.04 <br> 
        10:05 and Ubuntu MATE 19.04 <br>
        12:04 and Ubuntu Budgie <br>
        13:06 and Scientific Linux <br>
        13:54 Cleaning up DropBox <br>
        17:51 Last time on 'Back to Basics' <br>
        19:16 What is Linux? <br>
        20:50 Why Linux? <br>
        22:53 Try before you commit <br>
        24:08 Multiple sources of support <br>
        27:28 Linux is better-supported, safer, and more secure <br>
        30:11 Linux is a modern operating system for for any kind of user <br>
        32:36 Comparing restoring Windows vs. Linux <br>
        34:48 Linux and its applications are developed by its users <br>
        37:16 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        38:21 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #368 · Back to Basics - Why Linux?" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:57" title="Distro hopping to PopOS " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:34" title="and Ubuntu 19.04 " /> 
        <psc:chapter start="10:05" title="and Ubuntu MATE 19.04 " />
        <psc:chapter start="12:04" title="and Ubuntu Budgie " />
        <psc:chapter start="13:06" title="and Scientific Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="13:54" title="Cleaning up DropBox " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:51" title="Last time on 'Back to Basics' " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:16" title="What is Linux? " />
        <psc:chapter start="20:50" title="Why Linux? " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:53" title="Try before you commit " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:08" title="Multiple sources of support " />
        <psc:chapter start="27:28" title="Linux is better-supported, safer, and more secure " />
        <psc:chapter start="30:11" title="Linux is a modern operating system for for any kind of user " />
        <psc:chapter start="32:36" title="Comparing restoring Windows vs. Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:48" title="Linux and its applications are developed by its users " />
        <psc:chapter start="37:16" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #367 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp367</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #367 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #367 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:39 Paul: Experience with Samsung printer/scanner on Mint 
        05:05 Paul: Zorin OS 
        14:33 Michael: Ubuntu on an SSD 
        19:27 KF5TQN: Secret Squirrel Discord 
        20:37 Highlander: CPR falloff 
        22:44 Triple F Carl: Thanks 
        24:21 Juan: Controlling dock autostart using different desktop 
        28:51 Dillon: Linux in the wild 
        29:24 Greg: Feedback for Mike on printers for business 
        32:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        33:42 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="24408064" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp367/glp367.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp367/glp367.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 28 Apr 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		33:42
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Audio feedback from Paul starts our episode. We get thanks and emails on printers, SSDs, Linux dock applications, and Linux in the wild.
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 367 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #367 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:39 Paul: Experience with Samsung printer/scanner on Mint <br>
        05:05 Paul: Zorin OS <br>
        14:33 Michael: Ubuntu on an SSD <br>
        19:27 KF5TQN: Secret Squirrel Discord <br>
        20:37 Highlander: CPR falloff <br>
        22:44 Triple F Carl: Thanks <br>
        24:21 Juan: Controlling dock autostart using different desktop <br>
        28:51 Dillon: Linux in the wild <br>
        29:24 Greg: Feedback for Mike on printers for business <br>
        32:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        33:42 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #367 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:39" title="Paul: Experience with Samsung printer/scanner on Mint" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:05" title="Paul: Zorin OS" />
        <psc:chapter start="14:33" title="Michael: Ubuntu on an SSD" />
        <psc:chapter start="19:27" title="KF5TQN: Secret Squirrel Discord" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:37" title="Highlander: CPR falloff" />
        <psc:chapter start="22:44" title="Triple F Carl: Thanks" />
        <psc:chapter start="24:21" title="Juan: Controlling dock autostart using different desktop" />
        <psc:chapter start="28:51" title="Dillon: Linux in the wild" />
        <psc:chapter start="29:24" title="Greg: Feedback for Mike on printers for business" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:40" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp366</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:53 What happened to MX Linux? 
        05:08 MeWe adoption results 
        09:18 Looking at Kubuntu 
        11:47 Important features 
        13:43 Vaults 
        17:09 Kubuntu as a distribution 
        17:58 Installation 
        24:09 Bill blames the minions 
        25:17 The workflow that works for you 
        25:59 Basic requirements to adopt Linux 
        26:33 Modest hardware requirements 
        32:17 Overall: 'Like' 
        33:40 Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work 
        36:54 Long-term support with no forced upgrades 
        41:18 You can use Kubuntu to get things done 
        43:00 Recommended for switchers from Windows 
        43:37 For switchers from macOs 
        47:36 Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working 
        50:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        51:18 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="37081088" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp366/glp366.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp366/glp366.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		51:18
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We revisit Kubuntu, provide Bill's observations, go off the rails a bit, and somehow end up back at Ubuntu MATE.
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 366 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:53 What happened to MX Linux? <br>
        05:08 MeWe adoption results <br>
        09:18 Looking at Kubuntu <br>
        11:47 Important features <br>
        13:43 Vaults <br>
        17:09 Kubuntu as a distribution <br>
        17:58 Installation <br>
        24:09 Bill blames the minions <br>
        25:17 The workflow that works for you <br>
        25:59 Basic requirements to adopt Linux <br>
        26:33 Modest hardware requirements <br>
        32:17 Overall: 'Like' <br>
        33:40 Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work <br>
        36:54 Long-term support with no forced upgrades <br>
        41:18 You can use Kubuntu to get things done <br>
        43:00 Recommended for switchers from Windows <br>
        43:37 For switchers from macOs <br>
        47:36 Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working <br>
        50:17 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        51:18 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:53" title="What happened to MX Linux? " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:08" title="MeWe adoption results " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:18" title="Looking at Kubuntu " />
        <psc:chapter start="11:47" title="Important features " />
        <psc:chapter start="13:43" title="Vaults " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:09" title="Kubuntu as a distribution " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:58" title="Installation " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:09" title="Bill blames the minions " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:17" title="The workflow that works for you " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:59" title="Basic requirements to adopt Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="26:33" title="Modest hardware requirements " />
        <psc:chapter start="32:17" title="Overall: 'Like' " />
        <psc:chapter start="33:40" title="Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work " />
        <psc:chapter start="36:54" title="Long-term support with no forced upgrades " />
        <psc:chapter start="41:18" title="You can use Kubuntu to get things done " />
        <psc:chapter start="43:00" title="Recommended for switchers from Windows " />
        <psc:chapter start="43:37" title="For switchers from macOs " />
        <psc:chapter start="47:36" title="Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working" />
        <psc:chapter start="50:17" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp365</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:59 Bill tries even more distros 
        09:01 Our official new community and chat room is MeWe 
        13:05 Donations 
        16:40 George from Tulsa: More Windows tales 
        20:05 Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters 
        30:15 Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights 
        33:23 George: Suggested Linux printer 
        39:01 Gord: More comments on printers 
        40:48 Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio 
        44:02 NZ17: Help for a hero 
        49:40 Michael: Problems installing the Software Center 
        54:22 MX Linux 
        54:53 Podnutz 
        57:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        58:43 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="42420224" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp365/glp365.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp365/glp365.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		58:43
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We hear from George about Windows and printers. Roger and Gord also comment on printers. Many questions as always, and a report of problems installing the Software Center. 
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 365 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:59 Bill tries even more distros <br>
        09:01 Our official new community and chat room is MeWe <br>
        13:05 Donations <br>
        16:40 George from Tulsa: More Windows tales <br>
        20:05 Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters <br>
        30:15 Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights <br>
        33:23 George: Suggested Linux printer <br>
        39:01 Gord: More comments on printers <br>
        40:48 Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio <br>
        44:02 NZ17: Help for a hero <br>
        49:40 Michael: Problems installing the Software Center <br>
        54:22 MX Linux <br>
        54:53 Podnutz <br>
        57:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        58:43 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Bill tries even more distros" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:01" title="Our official new community and chat room is MeWe" />
        <psc:chapter start="13:05" title="Donations" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:40" title="George from Tulsa: More Windows tales" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:05" title="Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters" />
        <psc:chapter start="30:15" title="Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights" />
        <psc:chapter start="33:23" title="George: Suggested Linux printer" />
        <psc:chapter start="39:01" title="Gord: More comments on printers" />
        <psc:chapter start="40:48" title="Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio" />
        <psc:chapter start="44:02" title="NZ17: Help for a hero" />
        <psc:chapter start="49:40" title="Michael: Problems installing the Software Center" />
        <psc:chapter start="54:22" title="MX Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="54:53" title="Podnutz" />
        <psc:chapter start="57:21" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp364</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:01 Experimenting with MeWe 
        07:52 The Linux 'Back to Basics' series 
        09:33 Free: Freedon vs. no charge 
        13:21 Operating system 
        18:04 Distribution 
        19:36 Desktop environment 
        22:47 Application, Package, and Repository 
        26:00 Richard Stallman 
        27:05 Linux Torvalds 
        27:46 Where to get started 
        31:38 Distrowatch.com 
        34:50 Future Back to Basics episodes 
        36:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        37:18 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="27000832" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp364/glp364.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp364/glp364.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		37:18
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Today we define some basic terms used in the Linux and Open Source community. This is the first in a series of 'back to basics' episodes in which we will update the information we've been providing over the past 12 years. We also want to ensure that we continue to provide a reference for Linux users to use as a reference when using Linux for their day-to-day computing needs. 
 </b>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 364 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:01 Experimenting with MeWe <br>
        07:52 The Linux 'Back to Basics' series <br>
        09:33 Free: Freedon vs. no charge <br>
        13:21 Operating system <br>
        18:04 Distribution <br>
        19:36 Desktop environment <br>
        22:47 Application, Package, and Repository <br>
        26:00 Richard Stallman <br>
        27:05 Linux Torvalds <br>
        27:46 Where to get started <br>
        31:38 Distrowatch.com <br>
        34:50 Future Back to Basics episodes <br>
        36:20 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        37:18 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:01" title="Experimenting with MeWe" />
        <psc:chapter start="07:52" title="The Linux 'Back to Basics' series" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:33" title="Free: Freedon vs. no charge" />
        <psc:chapter start="13:21" title="Operating system" />
        <psc:chapter start="18:04" title="Distribution " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:36" title="Desktop environment" />
        <psc:chapter start="22:47" title="Application, Package, and Repository " />
        <psc:chapter start="26:00" title="Richard Stallman" />
        <psc:chapter start="27:05" title="Linux Torvalds" />
        <psc:chapter start="27:46" title="Where to get started" />
        <psc:chapter start="31:38" title="Distrowatch.com" />
        <psc:chapter start="34:50" title="Future Back to Basics episodes" />
        <psc:chapter start="36:20" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp363</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:33 Michael: Provided us with a recording 
        05:33 Michael: The Slint distribution 
        08:04 David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought! 
        09:47 Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible 
        16:20 Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux' 
        18:14 Roger: Greetings from down under 
        24:38 Paul: Known audio issues on Discord 
        26:23 Mike: Printers for Mint 
        31:02 Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!' 
        35:24 Daniel: Security patches 
        38:26 Mike: Loving Linux 
        39:39 Heath: Google Minus 
        40:36 NZ17: Synchronize your microphones 
        42:21 Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras' 
        48:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        52:29 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="37933056" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp363/glp363.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp363/glp363.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 20 Feb 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		52:29
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We reveal the new application for our Community. Our listeners commend on Mint, Slint, and print. We receive greetings, gratitude, and Google. Even more. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 363 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:33 Michael: Provided us with a recording <br>
        05:33 Michael: The Slint distribution <br>
        08:04 David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought! <br>
        09:47 Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible <br>
        16:20 Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux' <br>
        18:14 Roger: Greetings from down under <br>
        24:38 Paul: Known audio issues on Discord <br>
        26:23 Mike: Printers for Mint <br>
        31:02 Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!' <br>
        35:24 Daniel: Security patches <br>
        38:26 Mike: Loving Linux <br>
        39:39 Heath: Google Minus <br>
        40:36 NZ17: Synchronize your microphones <br>
        42:21 Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras' <br>
        48:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        52:29 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:33" title="Michael: Provided us with a recording" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:33" title="Michael: The Slint distribution" />
        <psc:chapter start="08:04" title="David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought!" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:47" title="Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:20" title="Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux'" />
        <psc:chapter start="18:14" title="Roger: Greetings from down under" />
        <psc:chapter start="24:38" title="Paul: Known audio issues on Discord" />
        <psc:chapter start="26:23" title="Mike: Printers for Mint" />
        <psc:chapter start="31:02" title="Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!'" />
        <psc:chapter start="35:24" title="Daniel: Security patches" />
        <psc:chapter start="38:26" title="Mike: Loving Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="39:39" title="Heath: Google Minus" />
        <psc:chapter start="40:36" title="NZ17: Synchronize your microphones" />
        <psc:chapter start="42:21" title="Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras'" />
        <psc:chapter start="48:18" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3 </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp362</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3 </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3 
        00:15 Introduction 
        02:33 GNUCash 
        03:23 Apache OFBiz 
        04:29 LedgerSMB 
        06:29 hledger 
        09:10 Xero 
        11:19 Invoice Ninja 
        12:52 Quicken 2004 running in WINE
        14:45 Skrooge 
        15:17 MoneyDance 
        16:17 KMyMoney 
        22:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        23:11 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="16836608" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp362/glp362.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp362/glp362.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		23:11
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In this episode, we thought we'd provide some more ideas around software for every business. Accounting software. If you are running a small business and you are doing the bookkeeping yourself, you will likely quickly run into the need for ensuring that you keep track of your incoming revenue, your outgoing expenses, payroll, and other things related to money. Having to license or purchase accounting software, especially for starting businesses, is expensive. This episode will provide with a few things you can try out at no risk and at no charge to keep track of your business (and personal) finances. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 362 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3 <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        02:33 GNUCash <br>
        03:23 Apache OFBiz <br>
        04:29 LedgerSMB <br>
        06:29 hledger <br>
        09:10 Xero <br>
        11:19 Invoice Ninja <br>
        12:52 Quicken 2004 running in WINE<br>
        14:45 Skrooge <br>
        15:17 MoneyDance <br>
        16:17 KMyMoney <br>
        22:12 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        23:11 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	    <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:33" title="GNUCash" />
        <psc:chapter start="03:23" title="Apache OFBiz" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:29" title="LedgerSMB" />
        <psc:chapter start="06:29" title="hledger" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:10" title="Xero" />
        <psc:chapter start="11:19" title="Invoice Ninja" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:52" title="Quicken 2004 running in WINE" />
        <psc:chapter start="14:45" title="Skrooge" />
        <psc:chapter start="15:17" title="MoneyDance" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:17" title="KMyMoney" />
        <psc:chapter start="22:12" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp361</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:33 Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware 
        07:29 Primitive One: Gaming recommendations 
        18:50 Angelo: Compiling slint 
        21:15 James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution 
        24:02 David: Mint upgrades 
        29:25 George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja 
        31:25 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN 
        34:27 Angelo: Learning Python 
        35:08 Highlander: Seize control 
        37:53 Ken: About episode 358 
        41:01 Ian: G+ alternative 
        43:43 Joshua: About episode 358 
        46:14 Rainy: G+ Alternative 
        46:52 George: Winders!!! 
        55:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        57:32 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="41568256" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp361/glp361.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp361/glp361.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 20 Jan 2019 00:00:03 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		57:32
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>More on accessibility in Linux, solutions for other listeners, and why I moved from Windows to Linux. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 361 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:33 Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware <br>
        07:29 Primitive One: Gaming recommendations <br>
        18:50 Angelo: Compiling slint <br>
        21:15 James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution <br>
        24:02 David: Mint upgrades <br>
        29:25 George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja <br>
        31:25 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN <br>
        34:27 Angelo: Learning Python <br>
        35:08 Highlander: Seize control <br>
        37:53 Ken: About episode 358 <br>
        41:01 Ian: G+ alternative <br>
        43:43 Joshua: About episode 358 <br>
        46:14 Rainy: G+ Alternative <br>
        46:52 George: Winders!!! <br>
        55:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        57:32 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:33" title="Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware " />
        <psc:chapter start="07:29" title="Primitive One: Gaming recommendations " />
        <psc:chapter start="18:50" title="Angelo: Compiling slint " />
        <psc:chapter start="21:15" title="James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:02" title="David: Mint upgrades " />
        <psc:chapter start="29:25" title="George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja " />
        <psc:chapter start="31:25" title="Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:27" title="Angelo: Learning Python " />
        <psc:chapter start="35:08" title="Highlander: Seize control " />
        <psc:chapter start="37:53" title="Ken: About episode 358 " />
        <psc:chapter start="41:01" title="Ian: G+ alternative " />
        <psc:chapter start="43:43" title="Joshua: About episode 358 " />
        <psc:chapter start="46:14" title="Rainy: G+ Alternative " />
        <psc:chapter start="46:52" title="George: Winders!!! " />
        <psc:chapter start="55:09" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2 </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp360</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2 </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:26 Thank you! 
        04:30 Software for simple writing 
        05:52 Linux software for electronic books 
        10:30 Linux software for illustrating your document 
        14:08 Advanced image creation and editing for Linux 
        22:12 Collaboration software for writers using Linux 
        29:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        31.03 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="22501376" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp360/glp360.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp360/glp360.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		31:03
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In this episode, we mention some software that you might want to look at if you write for a living. These might be such jobs as a copywriter, an author of novels, or a creator of technical articles for publication in an online magazine. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 360 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2 <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:26 Thank you! <br>
        04:30 Software for simple writing <br>
        05:52 Linux software for electronic books <br>
        10:30 Linux software for illustrating your document <br>
        14:08 Advanced image creation and editing for Linux <br>
        22:12 Collaboration software for writers using Linux <br>
        29:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        31.03 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:26" title="Thank you!" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:30" title="Software for simple writing" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:52" title="Linux software for electronic books" />
        <psc:chapter start="10:30" title="Linux software for illustrating your document" />
        <psc:chapter start="14:08" title="Advanced image creation and editing for Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="22:12" title="Collaboration software for writers using Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="29:57" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp359</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:10 Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail 
        05:37 Joey: Awesome podcast 
        10:03 Michael: Learning Python programming 
        13:27 Michael: Comments on Episode 342 
        16:26 Angelo: Additional comments 
        16:47 John: Snap Packages 
        20:39 Sean: 3 topics of feedback 
        25:03 Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox 
        27:31 Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N 
        32:43 Sergio: Greetings from South America 
        35:36 Stefan: Used applications 
        37:22 Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19
        39:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        40:51 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="29556736" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp359/glp359.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp359/glp359.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 20 Dec 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		40:51
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We provide recommendations on Linux computers pre-installed with Linux. We also have two "Gone Linux" stories, recommendations on learning the terminal and learning python, some comments on Snap packages, suggestions on listening in Rythmbox, and information on where to purchase Linux distribution media. And more, of course. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 359 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:10 Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail <br>
        05:37 Joey: Awesome podcast <br>
        10:03 Michael: Learning Python programming <br>
        13:27 Michael: Comments on Episode 342 <br>
        16:26 Angelo: Additional comments <br>
        16:47 John: Snap Packages <br>
        20:39 Sean: 3 topics of feedback <br>
        25:03 Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox <br>
        27:31 Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N <br>
        32:43 Sergio: Greetings from South America <br>
        35:36 Stefan: Used applications <br>
        37:22 Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19<br>
        39:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        40:51 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:10" title="Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:37" title="Joey: Awesome podcast" />
        <psc:chapter start="10:03" title="Michael: Learning Python programming" />
        <psc:chapter start="13:27" title="Michael: Comments on Episode 342" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:26" title="Angelo: Additional comments" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:47" title="John: Snap Packages" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:39" title="Sean: 3 topics of feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="25:03" title="Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox" />
        <psc:chapter start="27:31" title="Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:43" title="Sergio: Greetings from South America" />
        <psc:chapter start="35:36" title="Stefan: Used applications" />
        <psc:chapter start="37:22" title="Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19" />
        <psc:chapter start="39:54" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe " />
        <psc:chapter start="" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp358</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:46 Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback 
        09:00 Greg: A minion response for Paul 
        12:16 Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip 
        16:11 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN 
        19:17 Don: Feedback on moving to Linux 
        32:20 John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE 
        38:29 Troy: Suggestion for forums 
        39:26 Troy: Windows for business 
        52:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        53:10 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="38424576" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp358/glp358.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp358/glp358.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 05 Dec 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		53:10
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>This month we have voice feedback from Paul, suggestions on alternatives for G+, a question on OpenVPN, feedback and problems moving to Linux. Troy provides a Going Linux story on software for Linux users. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 358 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:46 Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback <br>
        09:00 Greg: A minion response for Paul <br>
        12:16 Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip <br>
        16:11 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN <br>
        19:17 Don: Feedback on moving to Linux <br>
        32:20 John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE <br>
        38:29 Troy: Suggestion for forums <br>
        39:26 Troy: Windows for business <br>
        52:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        53:10 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:46" title="Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:00" title="Greg: A minion response for Paul" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:16" title="Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:11" title="Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN" />
        <psc:chapter start="19:17" title="Don: Feedback on moving to Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:20" title="John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE" />
        <psc:chapter start="38:29" title="Troy: Suggestion for forums" />
        <psc:chapter start="39:26" title="Troy: Windows for business" />
        <psc:chapter start="52:10" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe " />
        <psc:chapter start="" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1 </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp357</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1 </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1 
        00:15 Introduction 
        04:27 Office Suites 
        07:15 Open Document Formats 
        09:48 Compatibility across office suites 
        12:37 Linux email applications 
        13:47 Linux browsers 
        15:48 Linux chat application 
        21:05 Check you software repositories FIRST! 
        21:47 Business software for Linux in future episodes 
        23:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        24:20 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="17666048" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp357/glp357.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp357/glp357.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 20 Nov 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		24:20
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Although the title of this episode says that we'll be talking about running a business on Linux, we focus most of our conversation beyond the operating system and onto other open source applications for use in business. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 357 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1 <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        04:27 Office Suites <br>
        07:15 Open Document Formats <br>
        09:48 Compatibility across office suites <br>
        12:37 Linux email applications <br>
        13:47 Linux browsers <br>
        15:48 Linux chat application <br>
        21:05 Check you software repositories FIRST! <br>
        21:47 Business software for Linux in future episodes <br>
        23:21 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        24:20 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:27" title="Office Suites" />
        <psc:chapter start="07:15" title="Open Document Formats" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:48" title="Compatibility across office suites" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:37" title="Linux email applications" />
        <psc:chapter start="13:47" title="Linux browsers" />
        <psc:chapter start="15:48" title="Linux chat application" />
        <psc:chapter start="21:05" title="Check you software repositories FIRST!" />
        <psc:chapter start="21:47" title="Business software for Linux in future episodes" />
        <psc:chapter start="23:21" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe " />
        <psc:chapter start="45:58" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp356</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:50 Mike Windows: Edge integration 
        03:47 Michael: Linux on a USB 
        06:52 Katja: Thanks 
        08:26 Daniel: Getting to the top panel 
        12:54 Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution 
        24:58 Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE 
        28:11 Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse 
        30:05 Paul: Hard drive update 
        31:49 Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback 
        34:38 Gord: Correcting our terminology 
        37:00 Mel: Name in the toolbar 
        39:52 Mike: Blind guy gone Linux 
        44:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        45:58 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="33241088" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp356/glp356.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp356/glp356.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 05 Nov 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		45:58
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We get corrected (again). Michael has success. Daniel is frustrated by the lack of accessibility. Mike shares his Gone Linux story.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 356 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:50 Mike Windows: Edge integration <br>
        03:47 Michael: Linux on a USB <br>
        06:52 Katja: Thanks <br>
        08:26 Daniel: Getting to the top panel <br>
        12:54 Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution <br>
        24:58 Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE <br>
        28:11 Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse <br>
        30:05 Paul: Hard drive update <br>
        31:49 Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback <br>
        34:38 Gord: Correcting our terminology <br>
        37:00 Mel: Name in the toolbar <br>
        39:52 Mike: Blind guy gone Linux <br/ >
        44:45 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        45:58 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:50" title="Mike Windows: Edge integration " />
        <psc:chapter start="03:47" title="Michael: Linux on a USB " />
        <psc:chapter start="06:52" title="Katja: Thanks " />
        <psc:chapter start="08:26" title="Daniel: Getting to the top panel " />
        <psc:chapter start="12:54" title="Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:58" title="Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:11" title="Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse " />
        <psc:chapter start="30:05" title="Paul: Hard drive update " />
        <psc:chapter start="31:49" title="Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:38" title="Gord: Correcting our terminology " />
        <psc:chapter start="37:00" title="Mel: Name in the toolbar " />
        <psc:chapter start="39:52" title="Mike: Blind guy gone Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="44:45" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe " />
        <psc:chapter start="45:58" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2 </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp355</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2 </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
        00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:49 Google+ forums will vanish 
        03:28 Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software! 
        14:06 So I've got Linux installed. What's next? 
        15:00 Check for updates 
        16:42 Installing Linux without an Internet connection 
        23:17 Restoring the files you backed up 
        25:45 Installing additional applications after a Linux install 
        26:23 Browsers 
        30:17 Office suites 
        32:52 Text editors 
        36:24 Audio and video communication 
        38:11 Entertainment 
        40:02 Audio recording, playback, and editing 
        43:20 Video playback, recording, and editing 
        46:03 Screen shots 
        49:37 Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync 
        52:21 Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera 
        56:34 What software do you use on Linux to get things done? 
        57:35 Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut 
        62:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        64:19 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="46452736" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp355/glp355.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp355/glp355.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 20 Oct 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		64:19
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We wrap up our 2-part introduction to switching from Windows to Linux.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 355 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2 <br/>
        00:15 Introduction <br/>
        00:49 Google+ forums will vanish <br/>
        03:28 Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software! <br/>
        14:06 So I've got Linux installed. What's next? <br/>
        15:00 Check for updates <br/>
        16:42 Installing Linux without an Internet connection <br/>
        23:17 Restoring the files you backed up <br/>
        25:45 Installing additional applications after a Linux install <br/>
        26:23 Browsers <br/>
        30:17 Office suites <br/>
        32:52 Text editors <br/>
        36:24 Audio and video communication <br/>
        38:11 Entertainment <br/>
        40:02 Audio recording, playback, and editing <br/>
        43:20 Video playback, recording, and editing <br/>
        46:03 Screen shots <br/>
        49:37 Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync <br/>
        52:21 Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera <br/>
        56:34 What software do you use on Linux to get things done? <br/>
        57:35 Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut <br/>
        62:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br/>
        64:19 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:49" title="Google+ forums will vanish" />
        <psc:chapter start="03:28" title="Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software!" />
        <psc:chapter start="14:06" title="So I've got Linux installed. What's next?" />
        <psc:chapter start="15:00" title="Check for updates" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:42" title="Installing Linux without an Internet connection" />
        <psc:chapter start="23:17" title="Restoring the files you backed up" />
        <psc:chapter start="25:45" title="Installing additional applications after a Linux install" />
        <psc:chapter start="26:23" title="Browsers" />
        <psc:chapter start="30:17" title="Office suites" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:52" title="Text editors" />
        <psc:chapter start="36:24" title="Audio and video communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="38:11" title="Entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="40:02" title="Audio recording, playback, and editing" />
        <psc:chapter start="43:20" title="Video playback, recording, and editing" />
        <psc:chapter start="46:03" title="Screen shots" />
        <psc:chapter start="49:37" title="Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync" />
        <psc:chapter start="52:21" title="Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera" />
        <psc:chapter start="56:34" title="What software do you use on Linux to get things done?" />
        <psc:chapter start="57:35" title="Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut" />
        <psc:chapter start="62:44" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp354</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:31 Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better 
        04:12 Paul: Audio feedback 
        12:52 Jackie: Hybrid system 
        20:35 Daniel: Accessibility on KDE 
        30:17 David: Linux market research 
        32:08 Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file 
        33:49 Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows 
        38:00 Hilander: installing Kali 
        40:47 Angelo: Linux for the blind 
        42:04 Mario: Gone Linux       
        47:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        49:25 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="35725312" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp354/glp354.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp354/glp354.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 05 Oct 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		49:25
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We received audio feedback this time! We also answer questions about accessibility, 'hybrid' systems, replacing swap partitions, Kali, and usb sticks. We read the 'Gone Linux' story we mentioned last month.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 354 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:31 Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better <br>
        04:12 Paul: Audio feedback <br>
        12:52 Jackie: Hybrid system <br>
        20:35 Daniel: Accessibility on KDE <br>
        30:17 David: Linux market research <br>
        32:08 Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file <br>
        33:49 Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows <br>
        38:00 Hilander: installing Kali <br>
        40:47 Angelo: Linux for the blind <br>
        42:04 Mario: Gone Linux <br>      
        47:52 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        49:25 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:31" title="Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:12" title="Paul: Audio feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:52" title="Jackie: Hybrid system" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:35" title="Daniel: Accessibility on KDE" />
        <psc:chapter start="30:17" title="David: Linux market research" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:08" title="Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file" />
        <psc:chapter start="33:49" title="Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows" />
        <psc:chapter start="38:00" title="Hilander: installing Kali" />
        <psc:chapter start="40:47" title="Angelo: Linux for the blind" />
        <psc:chapter start="42:04" title="Mario: Gone Linux" />      
        <psc:chapter start="47:52" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1  </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp353</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1  </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1 
        00:15 Introduction 
        02:21 Extensive show notes links 
        08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me? 
        28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows. 
        34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install? 
        41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux? 
        47:24 Before you install, back up everything! 
        59:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        60:36 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="43778048" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp353/glp353.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp353/glp353.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 20 Sep 2018 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		60:36
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We look at switching from Windows to Linux in this first of two parts. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 353 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1 <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        02:21 Extensive show notes links <br>
        08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me? <br>
        28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows. <br>
        34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install? <br>
        41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux? <br>
        47:24 Before you install, back up everything! <br>
        59:42 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        60:36 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:21 Extensive show notes links" />
        <psc:chapter start="08:11" title="Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me?" />
        <psc:chapter start="28:19" title="Things to look at before you ditch Windows." />
        <psc:chapter start="34:16" title="What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install?" />
        <psc:chapter start="41:48" title="How can I try it out before I install Linux?" />
        <psc:chapter start="47:24" title="Before you install, back up everything!" />
        <psc:chapter start="59:42" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback  </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp352</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback  </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        0:20 Lester: Pinguy review was too critical 
        07:05 Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences 
        21:07 Ken: Comments on the Mint review 
        26:11 Paul: Hello from Ankara 
        35:27 John: Failure to reboot 
        41:45 Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer 
        43:50 David: A work-around for the Lexmark 
        47:59 George: Backing Up iOS on Linux 
        50:24 Jim: Remote connections 
        54:59 Preston: Podcasting advice 
        63:29 Michael Installing Linux without Wifi 
        67:51 Michael: Coconut Linux 
        69:57 Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size 
        74:35 Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill 
        85:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        86:28 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="62402560" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp352/glp352.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp352/glp352.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 05 Sep 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		86:28
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We start with a critical voice mail from Lester. We also have comments on our review of Linux Mint, discussions of Lexmark's lack of support for its printers on Linux, how to provide remote support, increasing swap and boot partitions and more. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 352 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        0:20 Lester: Pinguy review was too critical <br>
        07:05 Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences <br>
        21:07 Ken: Comments on the Mint review <br>
        26:11 Paul: Hello from Ankara <br>
        35:27 John: Failure to reboot <br>
        41:45 Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer <br>
        43:50 David: A work-around for the Lexmark <br>
        47:59 George: Backing Up iOS on Linux <br>
        50:24 Jim: Remote connections <br>
        54:59 Preston: Podcasting advice <br>
        63:29 Michael Installing Linux without Wifi <br>
        67:51 Michael: Coconut Linux <br>
        69:57 Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size <br>
        74:35 Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill <br>
        85:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        86:28 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="0:20" title="Lester: Pinguy review was too critical" />
        <psc:chapter start="07:05" title="Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences" />
        <psc:chapter start="21:07" title="Ken: Comments on the Mint review" />
        <psc:chapter start="26:11" title="Paul: Hello from Ankara" />
        <psc:chapter start="35:27" title="John: Failure to reboot" />
        <psc:chapter start="41:45" title="Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer" />
        <psc:chapter start="43:50" title="David: A work-around for the Lexmark" />
        <psc:chapter start="47:59" title="George: Backing Up iOS on Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="50:24" title="Jim: Remote connections" />
        <psc:chapter start="54:59" title="Preston: Podcasting advice" />
        <psc:chapter start="63:29" title="Michael Installing Linux without Wifi" />
        <psc:chapter start="67:51" title="Michael: Coconut Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="69:57" title="Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size" />
        <psc:chapter start="74:35" title="Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill" />
        <psc:chapter start="85:36" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp351</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording 
        02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux 
        05:21 Pinguy review 
        09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating 
        10:03 The developer is responsive 
        13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! 
        13:42 Some of the included software 
        16:29 Not for everyone 
        19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs 
        21:04 OK for some 
        21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions 
        22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value 
        23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware 
        25:57 Theme is not consistent 
        27:29 Needs a lot of polish 
        28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable 
        30:28 Bill's suggestions 
        35:23 Larry's suggestions 
        37:36 Pinguy needs more help 
        39:54 Summary 
        42:11 MRP Tech Podcast 
        43:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        44:54 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="32473088" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp351/glp351.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp351/glp351.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 20 Aug 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		44:54
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We review Pinguy Linux, release 18.04.  </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 351 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording <br>
        02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux <br>
        05:21 Pinguy review <br>
        09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating <br>
        10:03 The developer is responsive <br>
        13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! <br>
        13:42 Some of the included software <br>
        16:29 Not for everyone <br>
        19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs <br>
        21:04 OK for some <br>
        21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions <br>
        22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value <br>
        23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware <br>
        25:57 Theme is not consistent <br>
        27:29 Needs a lot of polish <br>
        28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable <br>
        30:28 Bill's suggestions <br>
        35:23 Larry's suggestions <br>
        37:36 Pinguy needs more help <br>
        39:54 Summary <br>
        42:11 MRP Tech Podcast <br>
        43:54 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        44:54 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 " />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:55" title="The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:38" title="Guild Wars 2 on Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:21" title="Pinguy review " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:15" title="Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating " />
        <psc:chapter start="10:03" title="The developer is responsive " />
        <psc:chapter start="13:01" title="The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! " />
        <psc:chapter start="13:42" title="Some of the included software " />
        <psc:chapter start="16:29" title="Not for everyone " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:01" title="Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs " />
        <psc:chapter start="21:04" title="OK for some " />
        <psc:chapter start="21:32" title="Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:11" title="Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value " />
        <psc:chapter start="23:48" title="Slow, even on powerful hardware " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:57" title="Theme is not consistent " />
        <psc:chapter start="27:29" title="Needs a lot of polish " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:16" title="Could be more intuitive, discoverable " />
        <psc:chapter start="30:28" title="Bill's suggestions " />
        <psc:chapter start="35:23" title="Larry's suggestions " />
        <psc:chapter start="37:36" title="Pinguy needs more help " />
        <psc:chapter start="39:54" title="Summary " />
        <psc:chapter start="42:11" title="MRP Tech Podcast " />
        <psc:chapter start="43:54" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe" />
        <psc:chapter start="39:25" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback  </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp350</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback   </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint 
        04:19 2nd edition eBook now available 
        05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem 
        10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs 
        14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19 
        20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux 
        27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility 
        31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype 
        38:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        39:25 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="28524544" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp350/glp350.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp350/glp350.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 05 Aug 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		39:25
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill has not yet switched from Linux Mint. The eBook version of 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications- Ubuntu MATE 18.04 Edition' is now available. In this episode, Tom can now suspend, Dan reveals how on-site repair really works, James has a paperweight, and much more. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 350 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint <br>
        04:19 2nd edition eBook now available <br>
        05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem <br>
        10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs <br>
        14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19 <br>
        20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux <br>
        27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility <br>
        31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype <br>
        38:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        39:25 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Bill is still using Linux Mint" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:19" title="2nd edition eBook now available" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:45" title="Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem" />
        <psc:chapter start="10:34" title="Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs" />
        <psc:chapter start="14:11" title=" Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:52" title="Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="27:10" title="James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility" />
        <psc:chapter start="31:04" title="James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype" />
        <psc:chapter start="38:05" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe" />
        <psc:chapter start="39:25" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp349</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara  </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara 
        00:15 Introduction 
        11:21 Linux Mint 19 
        13:10 Working around Alienware problems 
        17:01 The Good 
        17:27 Update Center 
        23:02 Welcome screen 
        24:01 Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 
        35:56 Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap 
        36:53 Cinnamon 
        37:57 Mint 19 feels noticably slower 
        44:07 Mint uses more memory 
        45:58 Final verdict 
        49:59 Software pick: ClamTK 
        50:40 Bonus tip: Be careful out there! 
        53:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        54:36 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="39456768" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp349/glp349.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp349/glp349.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 20 Jul 2018 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		54:36
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill reviews Linux Mint 19 and discusses the Good the Bad and the Ugly. Well, there's really no Ugly. We compare it with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 and render a final verdict on which we'd recommend.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 349 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        11:21 Linux Mint 19 <br>
        13:10 Working around Alienware problems <br>
        17:01 The Good <br>
        17:27 Update Center <br>
        23:02 Welcome screen <br>
        24:01 Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 <br>
        35:56 Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap <br>
        36:53 Cinnamon <br>
        37:57 Mint 19 feels noticably slower <br>
        44:07 Mint uses more memory <br>
        45:58 Final verdict <br>
        49:59 Software pick: ClamTK <br>
        50:40 Bonus tip: Be careful out there! <br>
        53:03 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        54:36 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="11:21" title="Linux Mint 19" />
        <psc:chapter start="13:10" title="Working around Alienware problems" />
        <psc:chapter start="17:01" title="The Good" />
        <psc:chapter start="17:27" title="Update Center" />
        <psc:chapter start="23:02" title="Welcome screen" />
        <psc:chapter start="24:01" title="Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04" />
        <psc:chapter start="35:56" title="Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap" />
        <psc:chapter start="36:53" title="Cinnamon" />
        <psc:chapter start="37:57" title="Mint 19 feels noticably slower" />
        <psc:chapter start="44:07" title="Mint uses more memory" />
        <psc:chapter start="45:58" title="Final verdict" />
        <psc:chapter start="49:59" title="Software pick: ClamTK" />
        <psc:chapter start="50:40" title="Bonus tip: Be careful out there!" />
        <psc:chapter start="53:03" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp348</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback  </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:46 Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle 
        05:31 Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong 
        06:55 Paul: Recording Discord 
        09:23 Daniel: Bad news 
        11:17 Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming 
        15:56 Oscar: Linux on Windows 
        19:31 Troy: Re: Episode 346 
        21:53 Greg: Episode 344 feedback 
        25:15 Serge: Episode 346 Alienware 
        26:35 Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems 
        27:22 Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel 
        30:39 Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs 
        34:32 P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well 
        37:19 Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346 
        40:07 Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS 
        48:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        49:45 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="35964928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp348/glp348.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp348/glp348.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 05 Jul 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		49:45
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We receive feedback on previous Listener Feedback episodes, including feedback for Bill on his issues with his Alienware computer. Joe wants to relive his childhood.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 348 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:46 Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle <br>
        05:31 Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong <br>
        06:55 Paul: Recording Discord <br>
        09:23 Daniel: Bad news <br>
        11:17 Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming <br>
        15:56 Oscar: Linux on Windows <br>
        19:31 Troy: Re: Episode 346 <br>
        21:53 Greg: Episode 344 feedback <br>
        25:15 Serge: Episode 346 Alienware <br>
        26:35 Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems <br>
        27:22 Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel <br>
        30:39 Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs <br>
        34:32 P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well <br>
        37:19 Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346 <br>
        40:07 Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS <br>
        48:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        49:45 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:46" title="Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:31" title="Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong " />
        <psc:chapter start="06:55" title="Paul: Recording Discord " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:23" title="Daniel: Bad news " />
        <psc:chapter start="11:17" title="Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:56" title="Oscar: Linnux on Windows " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:31" title="Troy: Re: Episode 346 " />
        <psc:chapter start="21:53" title="Greg: Episode 344 feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:15" title="Serge: Episode 346 Alienware " />
        <psc:chapter start="26:35" title="Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems " />
        <psc:chapter start="27:22" title="Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel " />
        <psc:chapter start="30:39" title="Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:32" title="P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well " />
        <psc:chapter start="37:19" title="Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346 " />
        <psc:chapter start="40:07" title="Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS " />
        <psc:chapter start="48:26" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp347</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal  </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:43 Terminal basics 
        02:00 The terminal 
        04:49 Installing applications 
        08:17 lshw to display your system info 
        09:43 inxi to display your system info 
        11:23 Easter eggs 
        12:34 Upgrade distribution releases 
        13:48 Determine if an application is available to install 
        15:59 Discover what a command does 
        19:14 Not as difficult as it seems 
        20:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        21:30 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="903603" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp347/glp347.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp347/glp347.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 20 Jun 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		21:30
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Much of what we discussed in our last user experience episode used the terminal. This episode covers some of the basics of using the terminal. It's not as intimidating as it might seem at first.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 347 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:43 Terminal basics <br>
        02:00 The terminal <br>
        04:49 Installing applications <br>
        08:17 lshw to display your system info <br>
        09:43 inxi to display your system info <br>
        11:23 Easter eggs <br>
        12:34 Upgrade distribution releases <br>
        13:48 Determine if an application is available to install <br>
        15:59 Discover what a command does <br>
        19:14 Not as difficult as it seems <br>
        20:33 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        21:30 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:43" title="Terminal basics" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:00" title="The terminal" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:49" title="Installing applications" />
        <psc:chapter start="08:17" title="lshw to display your system info" />
        <psc:chapter start="09:43" title="inxi to display your system info" />
        <psc:chapter start="11:23" title="Easter eggs" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:34" title="Upgrade distribution releases" />
        <psc:chapter start="13:48" title="Determine if an application is available to install" />
        <psc:chapter start="15:59" title="Discover what a command does" />
        <psc:chapter start="19:14" title="Not as difficult as it seems" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:33" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp346</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        01:21 Bill asks the minions for help 
        10:51 Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux! 
        13:22 Daniel: Discord is not accessible 
        15:46 George: May I please have a book? 
        24:04 Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux! 
        25:15 Hilander: Getting Fedora video working 
        27:22 Leonid: Compare distros and desktops 
        29:40 Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs 
        31:45 Rick: Help for Mike 
        33:14 Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership 
        35:52 Daniel: Trying to write to disk 
        38:13 Aaron: Installing software on Linux 
        42:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        43:13 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="31692800" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp346/glp346.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp346/glp346.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		43:13
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill needs some help! Listeners share tips and help for other listeners. George asks for a book. Daniel has problems writing to disk.  </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 346 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        01:21 Bill asks the minions for help <br>
        10:51 Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux! <br>
        13:22 Daniel: Discord is not accessible <br>
        15:46 George: May I please have a book? <br>
        24:04 Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux! <br>
        25:15 Hilander: Getting Fedora video working <br>
        27:22 Leonid: Compare distros and desktops <br>
        29:40 Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs <br>
        31:45 Rick: Help for Mike <br>
        33:14 Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership <br>
        35:52 Daniel: Trying to write to disk <br>
        38:13 Aaron: Installing software on Linux <br>
        42:51 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        43:13 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:21" title="Bill asks the minions for help " />
        <psc:chapter start="10:51" title="Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux! " />
        <psc:chapter start="13:22" title="Daniel: Discord is not accessible " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:46" title="George: May I please have a book? " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:04" title="Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux! " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:15" title="Hilander: Getting Fedora video working " />
        <psc:chapter start="27:22" title="Leonid: Compare distros and desktops " />
        <psc:chapter start="29:40" title="Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs " />
        <psc:chapter start="31:45" title="Rick: Help for Mike " />
        <psc:chapter start="33:14" title=" Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership " />
        <psc:chapter start="35:52" title="Daniel: Trying to write to disk " />
        <psc:chapter start="38:13" title="Aaron: Installing software on Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="42:51" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my! </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp345</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my! </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my! 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:39 Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released 
        02:30 Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba
        04:35 Debian-based package managers 
        14:37 .deb package anatomy 
        17:44 The dpkg command-line tool 
        20:07 The advance packaging tool - apt 
        24:48 Aptitude 
        26:47 Synaptic 
        27:39 Just for fun 
        30:06 Are you a minion? 
        31:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        32:58 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="23881728" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp345/glp345.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp345/glp345.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 20 May 2018 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		32:58
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In Linux there are methods of installing software, from source code by compiling and installing, or through software packages and package managers. There are newer forms of installing software, for example using portable app installers like Appimage, Snap or Flatpak. In this episode we describe the common methods of installing applications on Debian-based distributions. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 345 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my! <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:39 Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released <br>
        02:30 Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba <br/>
        04:35 Debian-based package managers <br>
        14:37 .deb package anatomy <br>
        17:44 The dpkg command-line tool <br>
        20:07 The advance packaging tool - apt <br>
        24:48 Aptitude <br>
        26:47 Synaptic <br>
        27:39 Just for fun <br>
        30:06 Are you a minion? <br>
        31:39 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        32:58 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my!" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:39" title="Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:30" title="Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba " />
        <psc:chapter start="04:35" title="Debian-based package managers " />
        <psc:chapter start="14:37" title=".deb package anatomy " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:44" title="The dpkg command-line tool " />
        <psc:chapter start="20:07" title="The advance packaging tool - apt " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:48" title="Aptitude " />
        <psc:chapter start="26:47" title="Synaptic " />
        <psc:chapter start="27:39" title="Just for fun " />
        <psc:chapter start="30:06" title="Are you a minion? " />
        <psc:chapter start="31:39" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp344</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        02:02 We've remembered how to record! 
        02:45 Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04 
        05:45 David: Update from a year ago 
        07:59 Michael: Comment on Discord 
        09:46 Ken: LIHS Podcast 
        11:22 Michael: Stores selling Linux computers 
        26:01 Greg: Linux Maintenance 
        28:28 Frank: Compiling from source 
        31:58 David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux 
        33:20 Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux 
        34:45 Paul: About AntennaPod 
        35:16 Michael: Feedback on feedback 
        36:58 Joshua: File permissions 
        42:46 ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug 
        44:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        46:17 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="66793472" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp344/glp344.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp344/glp344.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 05 May 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		46:17
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We have feedback on the Discord package, the Linux In The Hamshack Podcast, Linux hardware, Linux maintenance, file permissions, and more!. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 344 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        02:02 We've remembered how to record! <br>
        02:45 Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04 <br>
        05:45 David: Update from a year ago <br>
        07:59 Michael: Comment on Discord <br>
        09:46 Ken: LIHS Podcast <br>
        11:22 Michael: Stores selling Linux computers <br>
        26:01 Greg: Linux Maintenance <br>
        28:28 Frank: Compiling from source <br>
        31:58 David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux <br>
        33:20 Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux <br>
        34:45 Paul: About AntennaPod <br>
        35:16 Michael: Feedback on feedback <br>
        36:58 Joshua: File permissions <br>
        42:46 ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug <br>
        44:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        46:17 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:02" title="We've remembered how to record! " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:45" title="Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04 " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:45" title="David: Update from a year ago " />
        <psc:chapter start="07:59" title="Michael: Comment on Discord " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:46" title="Ken: LIHS Podcast " />
        <psc:chapter start="11:22" title="Michael: Stores selling Linux computers " />
        <psc:chapter start="26:01" title="Greg: Linux Maintenance " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:28" title="Frank: Compiling from source " />
        <psc:chapter start="31:58" title="David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="33:20" title="Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="34:45" title="Paul: About AntennaPod " />
        <psc:chapter start="35:16" title="Michael: Feedback on feedback " />
        <psc:chapter start="36:58" title="Joshua: File permissions " />
        <psc:chapter start="42:46" title="ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug " />
        <psc:chapter start="44:23" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp343</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:50 Alone again, naturally. 
        01:52 Adjusting for 4K on Linux 
        02:54 High-resolution scaling limitations 
        04:15 The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now) 
        04:40 Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings 
        05:26 Choosing a HiDPI resolution 
        06:56 Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings 
        08:32 Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux 
        09:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        10:00 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="7346176" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp343/glp343.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp343/glp343.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 05 Apr 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		10:00
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Support for high-resolution computer displays (HiDPI or 4K displays) is still being perfected. Not all Linux distributions provide settings that behave well in high-resolution mode -- and most are somewhat clunky. With the 18.04 release, the Ubuntu MATE team is releasing a utility for the MATE desktop that automatically can detect your 4K display and set the appropriate screen scaling for you. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 343 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:50 Alone again, naturally. <br>
        01:52 Adjusting for 4K on Linux <br>
        02:54 High-resolution scaling limitations <br>
        04:15 The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now) <br>
        04:40 Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings <br>
        05:26 Choosing a HiDPI resolution <br>
        06:56 Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings <br>
        08:32 Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux <br>
        09:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        10:00 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:50" title="Alone again, naturally. " />
        <psc:chapter start="01:52" title="Adjusting for 4K on Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:54" title="High-resolution scaling limitations " />
        <psc:chapter start="04:15" title="The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now) " />
        <psc:chapter start="04:40" title="Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:26" title="Choosing a HiDPI resolution " />
        <psc:chapter start="06:56" title="Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings " />
        <psc:chapter start="08:32" title="Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:01" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp342</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:59 Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement 
        02:31 Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile 
        05:53 Greg: Power off - by force 
        08:33 Norm: Mail-In-A-Box 
        11:50 Simohamed: Episode suggestion 
        12:31 Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux? 
        14:58 Jack: Gone Linux 
        15:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        18:57 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="13789184" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp342/glp342.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp342/glp342.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		18:57
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Serge provides multiple suggestions for replacing Skype. Jim describes some mobile AntennaPod issues, Greg discusses powering off by force, Norm suggests Mail-In-A-Box, Emilio asks about a portable VeraCrypt for Linux, Simohamed offers a suggestion and Jack describes how he has Gone Linux.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 342 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:59 Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement <br>
        02:31 Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile <br>
        05:53 Greg: Power off - by force <br>
        08:33 Norm: Mail-In-A-Box <br>
        11:50 Simohamed: Episode suggestion <br>
        12:31 Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux? <br>
        14:58 Jack: Gone Linux <br>
        15:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        18:57 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:31" title="Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:53" title="Greg: Power off - by force " />
        <psc:chapter start="08:33" title="Norm: Mail-In-A-Box " />
        <psc:chapter start="11:50" title="Simohamed: Episode suggestion " />
        <psc:chapter start="12:31" title="Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux? " />
        <psc:chapter start="14:58" title="Jack: Gone Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:57" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp341</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:54 Internet problems resolved (we hope) 
        02:06 Jeremy: Backups recommendation 
        04:44 Greg: Autoremoving cruft 
        06:19 Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer! 
        09:34 Scott: FSLint 
        15:07 Serge: Configuration management suggestion 
        16:01 Daniel: Replacement for Skype 
        17:47 George: Synology 
        19:57 Nigel: Installing Linux applications 
        22:44 Bill's next project 
        23:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        25:06 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="18216960" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp341/glp341.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp341/glp341.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 05 Mar 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		25:06
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill takes on a top secret special project. Jeremy recommends a backup solution, Greg removes cruft, George recommends Synology, Daniel asks about our Skype replacement, and more!</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 341 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:54 Internet problems resolved (we hope) <br>
        02:06 Jeremy: Backups recommendation <br>
        04:44 Greg: Autoremoving cruft <br>
        06:19 Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer! <br>
        09:34 Scott: FSLint <br>
        15:07 Serge: Configuration management suggestion <br>
        16:01 Daniel: Replacement for Skype <br>
        17:47 George: Synology <br>
        19:57 Nigel: Installing Linux applications <br>
        22:44 Bill's next project <br>
        23:59 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        25:06 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Internet problems resolved (we hope) " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:06" title="Jeremy: Backups recommendation " />
        <psc:chapter start="04:44" title="Greg: Autoremoving cruft " />
        <psc:chapter start="06:19" title="Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer! " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:34" title="Scott: FSLint " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:07" title="Serge: Configuration management suggestion " />
        <psc:chapter start="16:01" title="Daniel: Replacement for Skype " />
        <psc:chapter start="17:47" title="George: Synology " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:57" title="Nigel: Installing Linux applications " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:44" title="Bill's next project " />
        <psc:chapter start="23:59" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp340</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:45 Just you and me 
        02:04 Overview 
        03:55 Basic Linux security guidelines 
        05:39 Backups 
        07:45 What and where to back-up 
        11:20 Automating disaster recovery 
        12:26 Software Updater 
        15:44 Firewalls 
        17:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        18:49 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="13692928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp340/glp340b.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp340/glp340b.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		18:49
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We discuss security on Linux and provide basic Linux security guidelines. We discuss in more detail, backups, automated software updates and upgrades, and the uncomplicated firewall.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 340 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:45 Just you and me <br>
        02:04 Overview <br>
        03:55 Basic Linux security guidelines <br>
        05:39 Backups <br>
        07:45 What and where to back-up <br>
        11:20 Automating disaster recovery <br>
        12:26 Software Updater <br>
        15:44 Firewalls <br>
        17:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        18:49 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="340 · Security on Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:45" title="Just you and me" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:04" title="Overview" />
        <psc:chapter start="03:55" title="Basic Linux security guidelines" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:39" title="Backups" />
        <psc:chapter start="07:45" title="What and where to back-up" />
        <psc:chapter start="11:20" title="Automating disaster recovery" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:26" title="Software Updater" />
        <psc:chapter start="15:44" title="Firewalls" />
        <psc:chapter start="17:01" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp339</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:56 Welcome to the podcast, Bear! 
        02:14 Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint 
        06:34 Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux? 
        10:43 Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens 
        14:53 Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage 
        19:08 George: Answers for listener questions 
        25:57 Tony: Privacy on the Internet 
        26:39 Nathan: Contacting Ikey 
        28:00 Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant 
        33:01 Jim: Filtering out adult sites 
        41:35 Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files 
        42:46 Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering 
        45:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive 
        46:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        48:07 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="34789376" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp339/glp339.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp339/glp339.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		48:07
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In this episode, we have a lot of interest in Internet filtering and wiping hard drives for privacy. Also, we answer questions about the Linux screen reader, Orca, make recommendations on hardware, and discuss a multiple screen issue.</b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 339 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:56 Welcome to the podcast, Bear! <br>
        02:14 Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint <br>
        06:34 Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux? <br>
        10:43 Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens <br>
        14:53 Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage <br>
        19:08 George: Answers for listener questions <br>
        25:57 Tony: Privacy on the Internet <br>
        26:39 Nathan: Contacting Ikey <br>
        28:00 Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant <br>
        33:01 Jim: Filtering out adult sites <br>
        41:35 Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files <br>
        42:46 Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering <br>
        45:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive <br>
        46:28 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        48:07 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:56" title="Welcome to the podcast, Bear! " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:14" title="Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint " />
        <psc:chapter start="06:34" title="Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux? " />
        <psc:chapter start="10:43" title="Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens " />
        <psc:chapter start="14:53" title="Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:08" title="George: Answers for listener questions " />
        <psc:chapter start="25:57" title="Tony: Privacy on the Internet " />
        <psc:chapter start="26:39" title="Nathan: Contacting Ikey " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:00" title="Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant " />
        <psc:chapter start="33:01" title="Jim: Filtering out adult sites " />
        <psc:chapter start="41:35" title="Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files " />
        <psc:chapter start="42:46" title="Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering " />
        <psc:chapter start="45:17" title="Paul: Wiping a hard drive " />
        <psc:chapter start="46:28" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp338</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop 
        00:15 Introduction 
        00:54 Show notes include screenshots and details 
        01:20 Personalizing the Desktop on Linux 
        02:50 Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts 
        04:27 Traditional layout 
        05:17 Contemparary layout 
        06:41 Redmond layout 
        07:34 Cupertino layout 
        08:32 Pantheon layout 
        09:07 Mutiny layout 
        09:48 Netbook layout 
        10:19 Keep personalizing 
        11:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
        12:02 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="8808448" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp338/glp338.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp338/glp338.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 20 Jan 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		12:02
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Although you can do some basic tweaking out of the box with other operating systems, Linux is infinitely more configurable than macOS or Windows. Sure you can get add-on software to personalize your Windows desktop quite a bit, but most Linux distributions provide the customization tools built right in, with additional utilities just a few clicks away in the software repositories. This episode gives you some ideas as to what can be done with Linux, an operating system that is designed to be customizable. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 338 Time Stamps</u><br>
        00:00 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop <br>
        00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:54 Show notes include screenshots and details <br>
        01:20 Personalizing the Desktop on Linux <br>
        02:50 Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts <br>
        04:27 Traditional layout <br>
        05:17 Contemparary layout <br>
        06:41 Redmond layout <br>
        07:34 Cupertino layout <br>
        08:32 Pantheon layout <br>
        09:07 Mutiny layout <br>
        09:48 Netbook layout <br>
        10:19 Keep personalizing <br>
        11:01 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
        12:02 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
        <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Show notes include screenshots and details" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:20" title="Personalizing the Desktop on Linux " />
        <psc:chapter start="02:50" title="Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts " />
        <psc:chapter start="04:27" title="Traditional layout " />
        <psc:chapter start="05:17" title="Contemparary layout " />
        <psc:chapter start="06:41" title="Redmond layout " />
        <psc:chapter start="07:34" title="Cupertino layout " />
        <psc:chapter start="08:32" title="Pantheon layout " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:07" title="Mutiny layout " />
        <psc:chapter start="09:48" title="Netbook layout " />
        <psc:chapter start="10:19" title="Keep personalizing " />
        <psc:chapter start="11:01" title="Wrap-up" />
    </psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp337</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:41 Mike: Comparing files 
		06:08 Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working 
        08:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive 
        10:31 Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering 
        15:49 Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint 
        19:10 Chris: Recommendation for configuration management 
        22:30 Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus 
        24:41 Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution 
        38:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		40:48 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="29521920" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp337/glp337.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp337/glp337.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 05 Jan 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		40:48
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>At the request of our listeners, we provide a few recommendations on various subjects ranging from distributions for a low-powered computer to software to wipe a hard drive. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 337 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:41 Mike: Comparing files <br>
		06:08 Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working <br>
        08:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive <br>
        10:31 Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering <br>
        15:49 Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint <br>
        19:10 Chris: Recommendation for configuration management <br>
        22:30 Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus <br>
        24:41 Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution <br>
        38:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		40:48 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:41" title="Mike: Comparing files " />
		<psc:chapter start="06:08" title="Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working " />
        <psc:chapter start="08:17" title="Paul: Wiping a hard drive " />
        <psc:chapter start="10:31" title="Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering " />
        <psc:chapter start="15:49" title="Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:10" title="Chris: Recommendation for configuration management " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:30" title="Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:41" title="Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution " />
        <psc:chapter start="38:56" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp336</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review
		00:15 Introduction
        02:01 Highlights of 2017
        02:57 Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution.
        10:19 Goodbye net neutrality
        19:32 The Minion Network begins
        22:58 Linux takes over the world!
        24:33 Goodbye Linux Journal
        28:14 Goodbye AIM
        30:01 City of Munich goes back to Windows
        35:13 Containers
        36:25 Linux malware
        39:00 Distrowatch top 10
        47:48 Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome
        51:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
		52:29 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="37788875" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp336/glp336.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp336/glp336.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		52:29
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In the Going Linux holiday tradition, Bill and Larry review some of the significant happenings during the past year. </b><br>
<br>

		<p><u>Episode 336 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review<br>
		00:15 Introduction<br>
        02:01 Highlights of 2017<br>
        02:57 Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution.<br>
        10:19 Goodbye net neutrality<br>
        19:32 The Minion Network begins<br>
        22:58 Linux takes over the world!<br>
        24:33 Goodbye Linux Journal<br>
        28:14 Goodbye AIM<br>
        30:01 City of Munich goes back to Windows<br>
        35:13 Containers<br>
        36:25 Linux malware<br>
        39:00 Distrowatch top 10<br>
        47:48 Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome<br>
        51:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		52:29 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:01" title="Highlights of 2017" />
        <psc:chapter start="02:57" title="Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution. " />
        <psc:chapter start="10:19" title="Goodbye net neutrality " />
        <psc:chapter start="19:32" title="The Minion Network begins " />
        <psc:chapter start="22:58" title="Linux takes over the world! " />
        <psc:chapter start="24:33" title="Goodbye Linux Journal " />
        <psc:chapter start="28:14" title="Goodbye AIM " />
        <psc:chapter start="30:01" title="City of Munich goes back to Windows " />
        <psc:chapter start="35:13" title="Containers " />
        <psc:chapter start="36:25" title="Linux malware " />
        <psc:chapter start="39:00" title="Distrowatch top 10 " />
        <psc:chapter start="47:48" title="Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome " />
        <psc:chapter start="51:27" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp335</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback
		00:15 Introduction 
        00:59 Holiday break 
        01:24 How to join the Minion Network 
        04:53 Andrei: One installation file alternative 
        07:51 Greg: Zoneminder 
        11:33 Greg: Getting help with Linux 
        13:04 Rai: Snaps and the like 
        15:29 Craig: DD progress 
        16:54 Heath: More on DD progress... and minions 
        18:27 Göran: Even more DD progress 
        19:19 Ken: Another volunteer minion 
        20:57 Jeff: Disk cloning 
        26:53 Ali: A question about Snaps 
        29:55 Greg: Another minion! 
        31:10 Mike: Grsync documentation link 
        31:56 Michael: An alternative link 
        32:43 Adrian: A minion-written article! 
        35:12 Paul: Read-only issue 
        38:26 Simohamed: A topic suggestion 
        40:18 Scott: Diagonal menus 
        46:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		47:45 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="34525184" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp335/glp335.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp335/glp335.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		47:45
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>The minion network grows! After our break for US Thanksgiving, we get more feedback on popular topics like progress when using the dd command, disk cloning, snap packages, and backups. In addition we get a suggestion on using info, and an alternative link to grsync instructions. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 335 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback<br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:59 Holiday break <br>
        01:24 How to join the Minion Network <br>
        04:53 Andrei: One installation file alternative <br>
        07:51 Greg: Zoneminder <br>
        11:33 Greg: Getting help with Linux <br>
        13:04 Rai: Snaps and the like <br>
        15:29 Craig: DD progress <br>
        16:54 Heath: More on DD progress... and minions <br>
        18:27 Göran: Even more DD progress <br>
        19:19 Ken: Another volunteer minion <br>
        20:57 Jeff: Disk cloning <br>
        26:53 Ali: A question about Snaps <br>
        29:55 Greg: Another minion! <br>
        31:10 Mike: Grsync documentation link <br>
        31:56 Michael: An alternative link <br>
        32:43 Adrian: A minion-written article! <br>
        35:12 Paul: Read-only issue <br>
        38:26 Simohamed: A topic suggestion <br>
        40:18 Scott: Diagonal menus <br>
        46:34 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		47:45 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Holiday break" />
        <psc:chapter start="01:24" title="How to join the Minion Network" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:53" title="Andrei: One installation file alternative" />
        <psc:chapter start="07:51" title="Greg: Zoneminder" />
        <psc:chapter start="11:33" title="Greg: Getting help with Linux" />
        <psc:chapter start="13:04" title="Rai: Snaps and the like" />
        <psc:chapter start="15:29" title="Craig: DD progress" />
        <psc:chapter start="16:54" title="Heath: More on DD progress... and minions" />
        <psc:chapter start="18:27" title="Göran: Even more DD progress" />
        <psc:chapter start="19:19" title="Ken: Another volunteer minion" />
        <psc:chapter start="20:57" title="Jeff: Disk cloning" />
        <psc:chapter start="26:53" title="Ali: A question about Snaps" />
        <psc:chapter start="29:55" title="Greg: Another minion!" />
        <psc:chapter start="31:10" title="Mike: Grsync documentation link" />
        <psc:chapter start="31:56" title="Michael: An alternative link" />
        <psc:chapter start="32:43" title="Adrian: A minion-written article!" />
        <psc:chapter start="35:12" title="Paul: Read-only issue" />
        <psc:chapter start="38:26" title="Simohamed: A topic suggestion" />
        <psc:chapter start="40:18" title="Scott: Diagonal menus" />
        <psc:chapter start="46:34" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp334</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback
		00:15 Introduction 
        00:55 Bill is connected again! 
        03:48 Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64 
        04:10 Ken: Explains AMD64 as well 
        05:47 Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more 
        08:09 Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective 
        10:53 Rick: Grsync link is broken 
        12:04 Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd 
        15:36 Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network' 
        26:14 Adrian: Another hardware hoarder 
        30:11 Dave: Confused 
        36:22 Jan: Thanks for the time stamps 
        36:52 Brune: Using Discord 
        39:07 John: How about a Patreon page? 
        41:01 Dennis: Comments on cloning 
        48:46 Colin: Whole disk cloning 
        50:02 Andrew: USB write speed 
        55:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		57:28 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="41521152" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp334/glp334.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp334/glp334.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		57:28
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>This month's feedback includes a lot of commentary on why 64-bit Linux download files are sometimes labeled 'AMD64,' and Whole disk cloning. These appear to be very popular topics. We hear from another hardware hoarder... er... uh... collector. Adrian suggests a 'Minion Network.' There's more. You'll have to listen to get it all! </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 334 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback<br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
        00:55 Bill is connected again! <br>
        03:48 Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64 <br>
        04:10 Ken: Explains AMD64 as well <br>
        05:47 Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more <br>
        08:09 Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective <br>
        10:53 Rick: Grsync link is broken <br>
        12:04 Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd <br>
        15:36 Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network' <br>
        26:14 Adrian: Another hardware hoarder <br>
        30:11 Dave: Confused <br>
        36:22 Jan: Thanks for the time stamps <br>
        36:52 Brune: Using Discord <br>
        39:07 John: How about a Patreon page? <br>
        41:01 Dennis: Comments on cloning <br>
        48:46 Colin: Whole disk cloning <br>
        50:02 Andrew: USB write speed <br>
        55:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		57:28 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:55" title="Bill is connected again!" />
        <psc:chapter start="03:48" title="Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64" />
        <psc:chapter start="04:10" title="Ken: Explains AMD64 as well" />
        <psc:chapter start="05:47" title="Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more" />
        <psc:chapter start="08:09" title="Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective" />
        <psc:chapter start="10:53" title="Rick: Grsync link is broken" />
        <psc:chapter start="12:04" title="Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd" />
        <psc:chapter start="15:36" title="Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network'" />
        <psc:chapter start="26:14" title="Adrian: Another hardware hoarder" />
        <psc:chapter start="30:11" title="Dave: Confused" />
        <psc:chapter start="36:22" title="Jan: Thanks for the time stamps" />
        <psc:chapter start="36:52" title="Brune: Using Discord" />
        <psc:chapter start="39:07" title="John: How about a Patreon page?" />
        <psc:chapter start="41:01" title="Dennis: Comments on cloning" />
        <psc:chapter start="48:46" title="Colin: Whole disk cloning" />
        <psc:chapter start="50:02" title="Andrew: USB write speed" />
        <psc:chapter start="55:18" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp333</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:47 New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications 
		01:42 Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application? 
		03:59 Snaps: Intro 
		05:31 FlatPaks: Intro 
		06:14 AppImages: Intro 
		07:02 Snap 
		08:58 AppImage 
		11:06 FlatPak 
		11:55 More details and how to create packages 
		12:07 Which should I use? 
		13:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		14:54 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="10872832" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp333/glp333.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp333/glp333.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		14:54
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>At a listener's suggestion, we describe three new solutions that try to answer the age-old question, 'Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application?' We describe Snap, AppImage and FlatPak. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 333 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:47 New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications <br>
		01:42 Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application? <br>
		03:59 Snaps: Intro <br>
		05:31 FlatPaks: Intro <br>
		06:14 AppImages: Intro <br>
		07:02 Snap <br>
		08:58 AppImage <br>
		11:06 FlatPak <br>
		11:55 More details and how to create packages <br>
		12:07 Which should I use? <br>
		13:57 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		14:54 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:47" title="New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications" />
		<psc:chapter start="01:42" title="Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application?" />
		<psc:chapter start="03:59" title="Snaps: Intro" />
		<psc:chapter start="05:31" title="FlatPaks: Intro" />
		<psc:chapter start="06:14" title="AppImages: Intro" />
		<psc:chapter start="07:02" title="Snap" />
		<psc:chapter start="08:58" title="AppImage" />
		<psc:chapter start="11:06" title="FlatPak" />
		<psc:chapter start="11:55" title="More details and how to create packages" />
		<psc:chapter start="12:07" title="Which should I use?" />
		<psc:chapter start="13:57" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp332</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:55 Fun with phones 
		03:00 Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning 
		05:06 Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader? 
		19:33 Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe 
		20:46 Mike: Should I encrypt my backups 
		27:14 Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning 
		34:12 John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance 
		35:58 Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer 
		39:45 Craig: High performance graphics on Linux 
		45:22 Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux 
		49:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		51:21 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="37117952" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp332/glp332.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp332/glp332.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		51:21
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>An excerpt on accessibility on boot from our new book, 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications.' Feedback on whole disk cloning, passwords, encryption, BleachBit on Linux, restarting after a freeze, and drivers. We also have a 'gone Linux' story from Craig.</b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 332 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:55 Fun with phones <br>
		03:00 Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning <br>
		05:06 Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader? <br>
		19:33 Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe <br>
		20:46 Mike: Should I encrypt my backups <br>
		27:14 Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning <br>
		34:12 John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance <br>
		35:58 Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer <br>
		39:45 Craig: High performance graphics on Linux <br>
		45:22 Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux <br>
		49:55 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		51:21 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux" />
		<psc:chapter start="00:55" title="Fun with phones" />
		<psc:chapter start="03:00" title="Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning" />
		<psc:chapter start="05:06" title="Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader?" />
		<psc:chapter start="19:33" title="Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe" />
		<psc:chapter start="20:46" title="Mike: Should I encrypt my backups" />
		<psc:chapter start="27:14" title="Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning" />
		<psc:chapter start="34:12" title="John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance" />
		<psc:chapter start="35:58" title="Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer" />
		<psc:chapter start="39:45" title="Craig: High performance graphics on Linux" />
		<psc:chapter start="45:22" title="Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux" />
		<psc:chapter start="49:55" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp331</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:51 Podcast 'guests' 
		03:07 Backup Strategies 
		04:34 Cloning a hard drive on Linux 
		06:01 G4L 
		09:06 dd: Native Linux cloning tool 
		16:10 Partimage 
		20:09 Partclone 
		23:31 Clonezilla 
		27:20 Our recommendations 
		28:42 Bye bye Skype 
		29:30 Hello Discord 
		34:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		35:31 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="25716736" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp331/glp331.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp331/glp331.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		35:31
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We discuss backup and disaster recovery options that involve cloning your computer's entire hard drive. We discuss five Linux-based options for cloning hard drives. We make our recommendations of which to use, but we don't quite agree. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 331 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:51 Podcast 'guests' <br>
		03:07 Backup Strategies <br>
		04:34 Cloning a hard drive on Linux <br>
		06:01 G4L <br>
		09:06 dd: Native Linux cloning tool <br>
		16:10 Partimage <br>
		20:09 Partclone <br>
		23:31 Clonezilla <br>
		27:20 Our recommendations <br>
		28:42 Bye bye Skype <br>
		29:30 Hello Discord <br>
		34:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		35:31 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:02" title="David: Hard drive issue was hardware " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:44" title="Greg: Really REALLY old computers " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:03" title="Roger: Telegram? " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:46" title="Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:05" title="Ken: Some show suggestions " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:00" title="Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:57" title="Tom: Comments on the podcast " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:02" title="Greg: Secure browsing on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:06" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp330</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:02 David: Hard drive issue was hardware 
		07:44 Greg: Really REALLY old computers 
		14:03 Roger: Telegram? 
		14:46 Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux 
		19:05 Ken: Some show suggestions 
		21:00 Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic 
		21:57 Tom: Comments on the podcast 
		24:02 Greg: Secure browsing on Linux 
		29:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		30:09 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="833613" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp330/glp330.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp330/glp330.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2017 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		30:09
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Our listeners are the BEST! David solves his hard drive issue. Greg wants to know about really old computers. We get show suggestions and questions about such things as secure browsing.  </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 330 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:02 David: Hard drive issue was hardware <br>
		07:44 Greg: Really REALLY old computers <br>
		14:03 Roger: Telegram? <br>
		14:46 Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux <br>
		19:05 Ken: Some show suggestions <br>
		21:00 Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic <br>
		21:57 Tom: Comments on the podcast <br>
		24:02 Greg: Secure browsing on Linux <br>
		29:06 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		30:09 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:02" title="David: Hard drive issue was hardware " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:44" title="Greg: Really REALLY old computers " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:03" title="Roger: Telegram? " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:46" title="Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:05" title="Ken: Some show suggestions " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:00" title="Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:57" title="Tom: Comments on the podcast " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:02" title="Greg: Secure browsing on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:06" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp329</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux
		00:15 Introduction
		00:50 Bill buys the book
		02:45 HiDPI (4K) monitors
		07:30 Display settings
		09:14 Change the font size
		10:43 Change the icon size
		12:49 Change the pointer size
		13:49 Modify the greeter
		15:50 Why you might not want to use the 4K settings
		17:57 A wish for the future
		20:24 Some thoughts on why you might use 4K
		24:58 We switch from Skype to Discord
		26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
		27:32 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="19970048" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp329/glp329.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp329/glp329.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 20 Aug 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		27:32
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>If you have a HiDPI screen, like the one on the Dell XPS 13, you may find that it has tiny icons and fonts that make it difficult to use. You can certainly change the resolution on your display to 1920x1080 (1080P) and simply not use its full capabilities but this podcast episode walks you through adjusting the settings to take full advantage of the full resolution of your beautiful 4K display. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 329 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:50 Bill buys the book <br>
		02:45 HiDPI (4K) monitors <br>
		07:30 Display settings <br>
		09:14 Change the font size <br>
		10:43 Change the icon size <br>
		12:49 Change the pointer size <br>
		13:49 Modify the greeter <br>
		15:50 Why you might not want to use the 4K settings <br>
		17:57 A wish for the future <br>
		20:24 Some thoughts on why you might use 4K <br>
		24:58 We switch from Skype to Discord <br>
		26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		27:32 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:50" title="Bill buys the book " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:45" title="HiDPI (4K) monitors " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:30" title="Display settings " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:14" title="Change the font size " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:43" title="Change the icon size " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:49" title="Change the pointer size " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:49" title="Modify the greeter " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:50" title="Why you might not want to use the 4K settings " />
		<psc:chapter start="17:57" title="A wish for the future " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:24" title="Some thoughts on why you might use 4K " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:58" title="We switch from Skype to Discord " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:35" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp328</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:51 Technology adventures 
		02:02 Bill's new gaming laptop 
		05:08 Tony: Needs help with screen resolution 
		08:13 Roy: Asks about App Images 
		14:03 SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers 
		16:21 Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives 
		20:13 Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You' 
		24:58 Mike: Creating a network drive 
		28:22 Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help 
		29:27 Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams? 
		32:41 David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins! 
		38:25 Troy: Learned something new 
		44:02 Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems 
		46:35 Bob: A strange network problem 
		55:41 Tips on listening to music while you work 
		58:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
		60:30 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="43704320" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp328/glp328.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp328/glp328.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 05 Aug 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		60:30
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We get feedback on stickers, books and Skype alternatives. We get questions on screen resolution, AppImages, network drives and issues, mouse buttons and more. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 328 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:51 Technology adventures <br>
		02:02 Bill's new gaming laptop <br>
		05:08 Tony: Needs help with screen resolution <br>
		08:13 Roy: Asks about App Images <br>
		14:03 SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers <br>
		16:21 Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives <br>
		20:13 Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You' <br>
		24:58 Mike: Creating a network drive <br>
		28:22 Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help <br>
		29:27 Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams? <br>
		32:41 David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins! <br>
		38:25 Troy: Learned something new <br>
		44:02 Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems <br>
		46:35 Bob: A strange network problem <br>
		55:41 Tips on listening to music while you work <br>
		58:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		60:30 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:51" title="Technology adventures " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:02" title="Bill's new gaming laptop " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:08" title="Tony: Needs help with screen resolution " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:13" title="Roy: Asks about App Images " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:03" title="SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:21" title="Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:13" title="Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You' " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:58" title="Mike: Creating a network drive " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:22" title="Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:27" title="Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams? " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:41" title="David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins! " />
		<psc:chapter start="38:25" title="Troy: Learned something new " />
		<psc:chapter start="44:02" title="Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems " />
		<psc:chapter start="46:35" title="Bob: A strange network problem " />
		<psc:chapter start="55:41" title="Tips on listening to music while you work " />
		<psc:chapter start="58:35" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp327</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:53 This topic is revisited and updated
		02:32 Co-hosts revisited 
		06:41 The Super Key defined 
		08:53 Display system information (graphical) 
		11:42 Display system information (command line) 
		15:54 Shut down or reboot 
		20:09 How to control the drag and drop action 
		22:07 Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL 
		23:10 Lock your computer quickly 
		26:05 Bill tries Netrunner 
		31:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		32:55 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="23844864" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp327/glp327.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp327/glp327.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		32:55
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>This time we talk about several of the common things you may be familiar with in Windows and describe how you do those same things while using Linux. Sometimes the process the same, and sometimes it's different. Click the show notes links to find even more than we can cover in this short episode. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 327 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:53 This topic is revisited and updated <br>
		02:32 Co-hosts revisited <br>
		06:41 The Super Key defined <br>
		08:53 Display system information (graphical) <br>
		11:42 Display system information (command line) <br>
		15:54 Shut down or reboot <br>
		20:09 How to control the drag and drop action <br>
		22:07 Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL <br>
		23:10 Lock your computer quickly <br>
		26:05 Bill tries Netrunner <br>
		31:56 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		32:55 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:53" title="This topic is revisited and updated " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:32" title="Co-hosts revisited " />
		<psc:chapter start="06:41" title="The Super Key defined " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:53" title="Display system information (graphical) " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:42" title="Display system information (command line) " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:54" title="Shut down or reboot " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:09" title="How to control the drag and drop action " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:07" title="Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL " />
		<psc:chapter start="23:10" title="Lock your computer quickly " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:05" title="Bill tries Netrunner " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:56" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp326</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:58 Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX 
		02:45 Greg: Servers for home use 
		06:08 Sebastien: The community found the problem! 
		07:26 George: 'Magic Key' to installing Linux on a Mac 
		09:00 Orion: Refind 
		09:34 Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo 
		10:38 Malte: Backup files created in the future! 
		11:18 Jim: Problems with Skype 
		14:02 John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox 
		15:56 Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications? 
		18:03 David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive 
		19:54 Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities 
		22:40 Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420? 
		24:39 Göran: File system mounts 
		26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		27:35 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="20004864" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp326/glp326.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp326/glp326.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		27:35
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Larry has published a book: 'Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX.' Sebastien solves his problem with the filled-up hard drive. We find out how, and some other things to consider. We find there is no magic key for installing Linux on Apple hardware. Much more! </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 326 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:58 Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX <br>
		02:45 Greg: Servers for home use <br>
		06:08 Sebastien: The community found the problem! <br>
		07:26 George: "Magic Key" to installing Linux on a Mac <br>
		09:00 Orion: Refind <br>
		09:34 Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo <br>
		10:38 Malte: Backup files created in the future! <br>
		11:18 Jim: Problems with Skype <br>
		14:02 John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox <br>
		15:56 Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications? <br>
		18:03 David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive <br>
		19:54 Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities <br>
		22:40 Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420? <br>
		24:39 Göran: File system mounts <br>
		26:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		27:35 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:58" title="Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:45" title="Greg: Servers for home use " />
		<psc:chapter start="06:08" title="Sebastien: The community found the problem! " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:26" title="George: 'Magic Key' to installing Linux on a Mac " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:00" title="Orion: Refind " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:34" title="Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:38" title="Malte: Backup files created in the future! " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:18" title="Jim: Problems with Skype " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:02" title="John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:56" title="Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications? " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:03" title="David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:54" title="Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:40" title="Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420? " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:39" title="Göran: File system mounts " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:35" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp325</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:02 It all started innocently enough... 
		01:34 Rolling release vs. nuke and pave 
		04:10 Our experiences 
		16:04 Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases 
		18:13 Uninstalling applications via the command line 
		19:03 Remove vs. purge 
		19:23 man apt-get 
		21:19 Additional insights 
		21:39 debOrphan 
		24:35 Configuration files 
		25:09 4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings 
		28:40 In the final analysis... 
		29:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		30:45 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="22286336" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp325/glp325.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp325/glp325.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		30:45
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Inspired by an exchange between our community members in our 'Going Linux Podcast' Google+ community, we discuss how Windows, OSX and Linux all leave stuff behind after an upgrade, and what you can do to minimize or eliminate this on Linux. We provide several points of view on the concpets of Nuke and Pave vs. Rolling Release, and the differences between the 'remove' and 'purge' options for the command 'apt-get'. We also describe how to keep your preferences and settings for all of you Linux applications after an OS upgrade and after a nuke and pave. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 325 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:02 It all started innocently enough... <br>
		01:34 Rolling release vs. nuke and pave <br>
		04:10 Our experiences <br>
		16:04 Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases <br>
		18:13 Uninstalling applications via the command line <br>
		19:03 Remove vs. purge <br>
		19:23 man apt-get <br>
		21:19 Additional insights <br>
		21:39 debOrphan <br>
		24:35 Configuration files <br>
		25:09 4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings <br>
		28:40 In the final analysis... <br>
		29:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		30:45 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:02" title="It all started innocently enough... " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:34" title="Rolling release vs. nuke and pave " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:10" title="Our experiences " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:04" title="Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:13" title="Uninstalling applications via the command line " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:03" title="Remove vs. purge " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:23" title="man apt-get " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:19" title="Additional insights " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:39" title="debOrphan " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:35" title="Configuration files " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:09" title="4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:40" title="In the final analysis... " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:40" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp324</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:57 New processors have Bill drooling 
		05:10 Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews 
		13:04 Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier 
		18:39 Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu' 
		19:32 Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu' 
		20:48 Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du' 
		22:56 Chris: Screen recorders for Linux 
		26:37 Richard: You will only boot Windows or else! 
		29:55 Chard: A suggestion for Bill 
		32:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		33:52 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="24528896" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp324/glp324.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp324/glp324.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		33:52
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We have several suggestions from our listeners for Sebastien on his filled hard drive, a request for a recommendation on a screen recorder for Linux and a story about dual booting. Chard has a recommendation for Bill's next computer. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 324 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:57 New processors have Bill drooling <br>
		05:10 Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews <br>
		13:04 Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier <br>
		18:39 Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu' <br>
		19:32 Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu' <br>
		20:48 Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du' <br>
		22:56 Chris: Screen recorders for Linux <br>
		26:37 Richard: You will only boot Windows or else! <br>
		29:55 Chard: A suggestion for Bill <br>
		32:25 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		33:52 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:57" title="New processors have Bill drooling " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:10" title="Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:04" title="Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:39" title="Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu' " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:32" title="Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu' " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:48" title="Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du' " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:56" title="Chris: Screen recorders for Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:37" title="Richard: You will only boot Windows or else! " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:55" title="Chard: A suggestion for Bill " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:25" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp323</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:45 Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone 
		02:27 A typical modern Linux distribution 
		03:35 Modern and full-featured 
		04:07 Pre-configured, yet flexible 
		04:32 Security built-in 
		05:13 An official flavor of Ubuntu 
		08:26 Applications provided by the MATE desktop 
		09:00 File browser: Caja 
		09:34 Text editor: Pluma 
		10:08 Archive manager: Engrampa 
		11:08 Image viewer: Eye of MATE 
		11:30 Document viewer: Atril 
		11:50 MATE System Monitor 
		12:08 MATE Terminal 
		12:31 Control Center 
		15:45 Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution 
		16:11 Ubuntu MATE Welcome 
		18:51 Web browser: Firefox 
		19:10 Mail: Thunderbird 
		20:01 Office suite: LibreOffice 
		21:42 Mobile device support 
		22:27 Document management 
		23:10 Printing 
		23:54 Scanning: SimpleScan 
		24:52 PDF creation 
		25:38 Entertainment 
		25:54 Music and audio player: Rhythmbox 
		26:36 Digital photo organizer: Shotwell 
		27:09 Video player: VLC 
		28:56 Games 
		31:04 Security 
		31:35 Continuous updates 
		32:33 Infection insulation 
		34:48 Trusted software 
		36:23 Backups: Déjà Dup 
		37:47 Firewall: ucfw 
		38:24 Accessibility software 
		41:49 Specs? Who needs specs? 
		43:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		44:25 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="32124928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp323/glp323.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp323/glp323.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 20 May 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		44:25
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Not every Linux distro is the same, but many have very similar features and applications. In today's episode we review Ubuntu MATE from the perspective that it is a typical modern Linux distro for the average user. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 323 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:45 Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone <br>
		02:27 A typical modern Linux distribution <br>
		03:35 Modern and full-featured <br>
		04:07 Pre-configured, yet flexible <br>
		04:32 Security built-in <br>
		05:13 An official flavor of Ubuntu <br>
		08:26 Applications provided by the MATE desktop <br>
		09:00 File browser: Caja <br>
		09:34 Text editor: Pluma <br>
		10:08 Archive manager: Engrampa <br>
		11:08 Image viewer: Eye of MATE <br>
		11:30 Document viewer: Atril <br>
		11:50 MATE System Monitor <br>
		12:08 MATE Terminal <br>
		12:31 Control Center <br>
		15:45 Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution <br>
		16:11 Ubuntu MATE Welcome <br>
		18:51 Web browser: Firefox <br>
		19:10 Mail: Thunderbird <br>
		20:01 Office suite: LibreOffice <br>
		21:42 Mobile device support <br>
		22:27 Document management <br>
		23:10 Printing <br>
		23:54 Scanning: SimpleScan <br>
		24:52 PDF creation <br>
		25:38 Entertainment <br>
		25:54 Music and audio player: Rhythmbox <br>
		26:36 Digital photo organizer: Shotwell <br>
		27:09 Video player: VLC <br>
		28:56 Games <br>
		31:04 Security <br>
		31:35 Continuous updates <br>
		32:33 Infection insulation <br>
		34:48 Trusted software <br>
		36:23 Backups: Déjà Dup <br>
		37:47 Firewall: ucfw <br>
		38:24 Accessibility software <br>
		41:49 Specs? Who needs specs? <br>
		43:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		44:25 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:45" title="Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:27" title="A typical modern Linux distribution " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:35" title="Modern and full-featured " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:07" title="Pre-configured, yet flexible " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:32" title="Security built-in " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:13" title="An official flavor of Ubuntu " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:26" title="Applications provided by the MATE desktop " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:00" title="File browser: Caja " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:34" title="Text editor: Pluma " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:08" title="Archive manager: Engrampa " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:08" title="Image viewer: Eye of MATE " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:30" title="Document viewer: Atril " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:50" title="MATE System Monitor " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:08" title="MATE Terminal " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:31" title="Control Center " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:45" title="Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:11" title="Ubuntu MATE Welcome " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:51" title="Web browser: Firefox " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:10" title="Mail: Thunderbird " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:01" title="Office suite: LibreOffice " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:42" title="Mobile device support " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:27" title="Document management " />
		<psc:chapter start="23:10" title="Printing " />
		<psc:chapter start="23:54" title="Scanning: SimpleScan " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:52" title="PDF creation " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:38" title="Entertainment " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:54" title="Music and audio player: Rhythmbox " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:36" title="Digital photo organizer: Shotwell " />
		<psc:chapter start="27:09" title="Video player: VLC " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:56" title="Games " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:04" title="Security " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:35" title="Continuous updates " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:33" title="Infection insulation " />
		<psc:chapter start="34:48" title="Trusted software " />
		<psc:chapter start="36:23" title="Backups: Déjà Dup " />
		<psc:chapter start="37:47" title="Firewall: ucfw " />
		<psc:chapter start="38:24" title="Accessibility software " />
		<psc:chapter start="41:49" title="Specs? Who needs specs? " />
		<psc:chapter start="43:14" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp322</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:52 Episode Delay 
		01:43 Harold: Wifi problems 
		05:43 Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox 
		07:45 Ambrose: More wifi problems 
		12:52 Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track? 
		16:27 Bob: The trackball, continued 
		19:29 Ambrose: Responds 
		22:36 Sebastien: Needs help 
		28:51 David: MATE Rocks! 
		32:19 App pick: Simplenote 
		34:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		35:48 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="25921536" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp322/glp322.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp322/glp322.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 05 May 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		35:48
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Our listeners ask about Wifi issues, Ubuntu's changes, trackball configuration and more. We get comments on a password manager and on installing Linux on an HP Stream. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 322 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:52 Episode Delay <br>
		01:43 Harold: Wifi problems <br>
		05:43 Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox <br>
		07:45 Ambrose: More wifi problems <br>
		12:52 Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track? <br>
		16:27 Bob: The trackball, continued <br>
		19:29 Ambrose: Responds <br>
		22:36 Sebastien: Needs help <br>
		28:51 David: MATE Rocks! <br>
		32:19 App pick: Simplenote <br>
		34:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		35:48 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="322 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Episode Delay " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:43" title="Harold: Wifi problems " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:43" title="Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:45" title="Ambrose: More wifi problems " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:52" title="Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track? " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:27" title="Bob: The trackball, continued " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:29" title="Ambrose: Responds " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:36" title="Sebastien: Needs help " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:51" title="David: MATE Rocks! " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:19" title="App pick: Simplenote " />
		<psc:chapter start="34:44" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp321</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:46 Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy? 
		04:57 Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04 
		07:36 Sabayon revisited 
		08:46 System resource usage is quite low 
		09:57 What is Sabayon? 
		10:53 Sabayon facts 
		12:57 Package Manager: Rigo 
		13:59 Pros and cons 
		15:30 Rolling release 
		18:45 System requirements 
		21:03 Sabayon community 
		21:59 Rant: KDE! 
		22:49 Replacing KDE with Cinnamon 
		23:44 5 Official versions 
		25:37 Recommendation 
		28:46 Applications available 
		31:37 Bill's new rating for Sabayon 
		33:14 Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user 
		36:37 Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE 
		41:58 Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE 
		44:00 Recommend a new machine for Bill 
		45:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		46:08 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="33361920" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp321/glp321.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp321/glp321.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		46:08
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill has taken the time to review Sabayon Linux once again. He revises his score, gives some specific examples, plus and minus. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 321 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:46 Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy? <br>
		04:57 Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04 <br>
		07:36 Sabayon revisited <br>
		08:46 System resource usage is quite low <br>
		09:57 What is Sabayon? <br>
		10:53 Sabayon facts <br>
		12:57 Package Manager: Rigo <br>
		13:59 Pros and cons <br>
		15:30 Rolling release <br>
		18:45 System requirements <br>
		21:03 Sabayon community <br>
		21:59 Rant: KDE! <br>
		22:49 Replacing KDE with Cinnamon <br>
		23:44 5 Official versions <br>
		25:37 Recommendation <br>
		28:46 Applications available <br>
		31:37 Bill's new rating for Sabayon <br>
		33:14 Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user <br>
		36:37 Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE <br>
		41:58 Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE <br>
		44:00 Recommend a new machine for Bill <br>
		45:10 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		46:08 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="321 · Sabayon Revisited " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:46" title="Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy? " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:57" title="Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04 " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:36" title="Sabayon revisited " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:46" title="System resource usage is quite low " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:57" title="What is Sabayon? " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:53" title="Sabayon facts " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:57" title="Package Manager: Rigo " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:59" title="Pros and cons " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:30" title="Rolling release " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:45" title="System requirements " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:03" title="Sabayon community " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:59" title="Rant: KDE! " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:49" title="Replacing KDE with Cinnamon " />
		<psc:chapter start="23:44" title="5 Official versions " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:37" title="Recommendation " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:46" title="Applications available " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:37" title="Bill's new rating for Sabayon " />
		<psc:chapter start="33:14" title="Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user " />
		<psc:chapter start="36:37" title="Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE " />
		<psc:chapter start="41:58" title="Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE " />
		<psc:chapter start="44:00" title="Recommend a new machine for Bill " />
		<psc:chapter start="45:10" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp320</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:54 320 · Listener Feedback 
		02:36 New computers? 
		05:23 Mario: Comment on Episode 319 
		08:30 Nicholai: Browsing a home network 
		10:56 Paul: Computrace? 
		15:24 Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface 
		17:40 Bob: Using Wine 
		21:43 Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons 
		24:50 Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome 
		28:10 Daniel: Installing on a USB drive 
		31:05 Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi 
		34:05 Paul: Optimal home partition size 
		40:42 Jim: Lucky Backup 
		41:14 Bill's app pickLibreOffice 
		43:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		44:52 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="32448512" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp320/glp320.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp320/glp320.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 05 Apr 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		44:52
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In this episode we have contributons from listeners on backup software for Linux, and questions on browsing networks, running Wine, setting up extra mouse buttons, buggy wifi, optimal partition sizes, and more. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 320 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		02:36 New computers? <br>
		05:23 Mario: Comment on Episode 319 <br>
		08:30 Nicholai: Browsing a home network <br>
		10:56 Paul: Computrace? <br>
		15:24 Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface <br>
		17:40 Bob: Using Wine <br>
		21:43 Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons <br>
		24:50 Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome <br>
		28:10 Daniel: Installing on a USB drive <br>
		31:05 Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi <br>
		34:05 Paul: Optimal home partition size <br>
		40:42 Jim: Lucky Backup <br>
		41:14 Bill's app pickLibreOffice <br>
		43:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		44:52 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:36" title="New computers? " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:23" title="Mario: Comment on Episode 319 " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:30" title="Nicholai: Browsing a home network " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:56" title="Paul: Computrace? " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:24" title="Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface " />
		<psc:chapter start="17:40" title="Bob: Using Wine " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:43" title="Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:50" title="Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:10" title="Daniel: Installing on a USB drive " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:05" title="Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi " />
		<psc:chapter start="34:05" title="Paul: Optimal home partition size " />
		<psc:chapter start="40:42" title="Jim: Lucky Backup " />
		<psc:chapter start="41:14" title="Bill's app pickLibreOffice " />
		<psc:chapter start="43:36" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp319</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:45 Bill moves to New Mexico 
		03:40 Grsync 
		04:06 Backup before you upgrade 
		04:58 Backup hardware 
		07:44 Backup software 
		08:40 A graphical front-end for rsync 
		09:28 Grsync is cross-platform 
		11:35 Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form... 
		11:53 ... without the disadvantages of rsync 
		13:53 University of Aukland NZ 
		16:08 Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync 
		19:00 Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options? 
		21:30 Grsync outputs the rsync commands 
		25:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		26:09 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="18968576" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp319/glp319.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp319/glp319.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		26:09
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Following our recommendations for strategies and methods of backing up your computer, we discuss an old tool, rsync, and it's graphical front-end, grsync. Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form without the disadvantages of rsync. With the approaching release of the next iteration of Ubuntu and its derivatives, many of us will be looking to upgrade. Before making any major change to your system, a backup is an essential precaution. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 319 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:45 Bill moves to New Mexico <br>
		03:40 Grsync <br>
		04:06 Backup before you upgrade <br>
		04:58 Backup hardware <br>
		07:44 Backup software <br>
		08:40 A graphical front-end for rsync <br>
		09:28 Grsync is cross-platform <br>
		11:35 Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form... <br>
		11:53 ... without the disadvantages of rsync <br>
		13:53 University of Aukland NZ <br>
		16:08 Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync <br>
		19:00 Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options? <br>
		21:30 Grsync outputs the rsync commands <br>
		25:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		26:09 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:45" title="Bill moves to New Mexico " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:40" title="Grsync " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:06" title="Backup before you upgrade " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:58" title="Backup hardware " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:44" title="Backup software " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:40" title="A graphical front-end for rsync " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:28" title="Grsync is cross-platform " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:35" title="Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form... " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:53" title="... without the disadvantages of rsync " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:53" title="University of Aukland NZ " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:08" title="Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:00" title="Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options? " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:30" title="Grsync outputs the rsync commands " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:09" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp318</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:09 David: Feedback on feedback on feedback 
		02:30 Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn 
		04:28 Benjamin: A familiar suggestion 
		05:08 Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows? 
		16:32 Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3? 
		18:48 Mario: Congrats on 10 years! 
		20:56 Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD 
		22:29 Michael: What are the real differences between distros? 
		25:52 Amar: Congrats on 10 years 
		26:15 Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default? 
		27:41 David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box 
		28:56 Michael: Needs some help 
		30:35 Matt: Provides a review on video 
		31:22 Anders: Suggests Lubuntu 
		33:11 Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this? 
		36:12 Jacabo: About the last episode 
		38:15 Joshua: Gone Linux! 
		41:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		42:34 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="30799872" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp318/glp318.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp318/glp318.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 05 Mar 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		42:34
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>As always, we receive feedback on previous episodes, but this time we also receive feedback on our feedback on feedback. We have a word of caution for Windows users burning Linux ISO files with ImgBurn, questions on Linux drivers and the differences between distros, suggestions on getting Ubuntu MATE installed and a Gone Linux story. There is much more feedback in the episode than we can list here, so you will just have to listen. We know you will anyway! </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 318 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:09 David: Feedback on feedback on feedback <br>
		02:30 Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn <br>
		04:28 Benjamin: A familiar suggestion <br>
		05:08 Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows? <br>
		16:32 Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3? <br>
		18:48 Mario: Congrats on 10 years! <br>
		20:56 Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD <br>
		22:29 Michael: What are the real differences between distros? <br>
		25:52 Amar: Congrats on 10 years <br>
		26:15 Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default? <br>
		27:41 David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box <br>
		28:56 Michael: Needs some help <br>
		30:35 Matt: Provides a review on video <br>
		31:22 Anders: Suggests Lubuntu <br>
		33:11 Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this? <br>
		36:12 Jacabo: About the last episode <br>
		38:15 Joshua: Gone Linux! <br>
		41:36 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		42:34 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:09" title="David: Feedback on feedback on feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:30" title="Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:28" title="Benjamin: A familiar suggestion " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:08" title="Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows? " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:32" title="Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3? " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:48" title="Mario: Congrats on 10 years! " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:56" title="Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:29" title="Michael: What are the real differences between distros? " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:52" title="Amar: Congrats on 10 years " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:15" title="Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default? " />
		<psc:chapter start="27:41" title="David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:56" title="Michael: Needs some help " />
		<psc:chapter start="30:35" title="Matt: Provides a review on video " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:22" title="Anders: Suggests Lubuntu " />
		<psc:chapter start="33:11" title="Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this? " />
		<psc:chapter start="36:12" title="Jacabo: About the last episode " />
		<psc:chapter start="38:15" title="Joshua: Gone Linux! " />
		<psc:chapter start="41:36" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp317</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:59 Rain in the desert 
		02:03 A review of non-Debian Linux distributions 
		03:01 RPM vs. DEB 
		07:12 Sabayon 
		17:51 Scientific Linux 
		25:20 openSuSE 
		35:53 Fedora 
		43:01 PCLinuxOS 
		50:10 ArchBang 
		53:52 So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution? 
		60:29 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		61:29 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="44412928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp317/glp317.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp317/glp317.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 20 Feb 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		61:29
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>At our listeners' requests, we provide a review of some non-Debian Linux distributions. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 317 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:59 Rain in the desert <br>
		02:03 A review of non-Debian Linux distributions <br>
		03:01 RPM vs. DEB <br>
		07:12 Sabayon <br>
		17:51 Scientific Linux <br>
		25:20 openSuSE <br>
		35:53 Fedora <br>
		43:01 PCLinuxOS <br>
		50:10 ArchBang <br>
		53:52 So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution? <br>
		60:29 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		61:29 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Rain in the desert " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:03" title="A review of non-Debian Linux distributions " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:01" title="RPM vs. DEB " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:12" title="Sabayon " />
		<psc:chapter start="17:51" title="Scientific Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:20" title="openSuSE " />
		<psc:chapter start="35:53" title="Fedora " />
		<psc:chapter start="43:01" title="PCLinuxOS " />
		<psc:chapter start="50:10" title="ArchBang " />
		<psc:chapter start="53:52" title="So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution? " />
		<psc:chapter start="60:29" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp316</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:08 Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76? 
		02:34 Cloud-based software enables Linux 
		04:41 How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications 
		08:12 How cloud software improves data security 
		10:29 Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10 
		16:24 David: Installing and mounting additional drives 
		30:50 Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD 
		32:49 Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros 
		38:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		39:21 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="28477440" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp316/glp316.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp316/glp316.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 05 Feb 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		39:21
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill's frustration with SecureBoot on an Asus netbook nudges him toward a computer with Linux pre-installed. Michael needs help burning a Sonar LiveDVD on Windows. David provides a 3-part email. Tony is burning DVDs. Chandra would like to see more content on RPM distros. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 316 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:08 Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76? <br>
		02:34 Cloud-based software enables Linux <br>
		04:41 How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications <br>
		08:12 How cloud software improves data security <br>
		10:29 Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10 <br>
		16:24 David: Installing and mounting additional drives <br>
		30:50 Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD <br>
		32:49 Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros <br>
		38:26 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		39:21 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:08" title="Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76? " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:34" title="Cloud-based software enables Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:41" title="How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:12" title="How cloud software improves data security " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:29" title="Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10 " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:24" title="David: Installing and mounting additional drives " />
		<psc:chapter start="30:50" title="Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:49" title="Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros " />
		<psc:chapter start="38:26" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp315</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:42 10 years in review 
		01:39 6 years of Computer America 
		02:57 The year of change for Bill 
		04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS 
		04:59 Open source licensing 
		08:15 Creative Commons licensing 
		11:44 Linux kernel license 
		13:52 10 years of co-hosts 
		20:18 Another pay increase for Bill! 
		20:51 10 years of Larry 
		22:55 Notable accomplishments 
		25:14 2016 Review 
		25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland 
		29:42 Firefox OS 
		31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down 
		34:00 Microsoft loves Linux 
		42:04 KDE turns 20 
		42:45 Linux turns 25 
		46:47 Bill's favorite Linux 
		48:30 Larry's favorite Linux 
		53:38 2016: A good year for Linux 
		55:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		56:52 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="41089024" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp315/glp315.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp315/glp315.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 20 Jan 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		56:52
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We celebrate 10 years of the Going Linux podcast, and review some significant happenings for Linux in 2016. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 315 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:42 10 years in review <br>
		01:39 6 years of Computer America <br>
		02:57 The year of change for Bill <br>
		04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS <br>
		04:59 Open source licensing <br>
		08:15 Creative Commons licensing <br>
		11:44 Linux kernel license <br>
		13:52 10 years of co-hosts <br>
		20:18 Another pay increase for Bill! <br>
		20:51 10 years of Larry <br>
		22:55 Notable accomplishments <br>
		25:14 2016 Review <br>
		25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland <br>
		29:42 Firefox OS <br>
		31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down <br>
		34:00 Microsoft loves Linux <br>
		42:04 KDE turns 20 <br>
		42:45 Linux turns 25 <br>
		46:47 Bill's favorite Linux <br>
		48:30 Larry's favorite Linux <br>
		53:38 2016: A good year for Linux <br>
		55:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		56:52 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:42 10 years in review " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:39 6 years of Computer America " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:57 The year of change for Bill " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:59 Open source licensing " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:15 Creative Commons licensing " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:44 Linux kernel license " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:52 10 years of co-hosts " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:18 Another pay increase for Bill! " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:51 10 years of Larry " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:55 Notable accomplishments " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:14 2016 Review " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:42 Firefox OS " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down " />
		<psc:chapter start="34:00 Microsoft loves Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="42:04 KDE turns 20 " />
		<psc:chapter start="42:45 Linux turns 25 " />
		<psc:chapter start="46:47 Bill's favorite Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="48:30 Larry's favorite Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="53:38 2016: A good year for Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="55:19" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp314</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:12 Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms 
		04:47 Dion: Backups 
		06:39 David: Recommendations for multi-boot 
		09:49 Gone Linux: Nathan 
		11:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		12:35 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="9205760" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp314/glp314.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp314/glp314.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		12:35
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In our first episode of 2017 we read emails from listeners and answer their questions. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 314 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:12 Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms <br>
		04:47 Dion: Backups <br>
		06:39 David: Recommendations for multi-boot <br>
		09:49 Gone Linux: Nathan <br>
		11:27 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		12:35 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:12" title="Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:47" title="Dion: Backups " />
		<psc:chapter start="06:39" title="David: Recommendations for multi-boot " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:49" title="Gone Linux: Nathan " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:27" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp313</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:12 How to get help when you are using Linux 
		01:47 Use the F1 key for onboard help 
		03:14 Official websites 
		03:21 Community help 
		05:10 RTFM 
		05:53 Search in the discussion forums 
		06:40 Examples of communities you can browse for answers 
		08:23 You may find your answer in another distribution's forum 
		11:25 Using search engines like Google 
		11:42 Enterprise level support 
		12:59 Contract support for Linux 
		14:17 Support from your Linux computer manufacturer 
		15:11 Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications 
		16:10 Listen to podcasts for support 
		17:22 Onboard help for Linux applications 
		22:59 Application-specific support 
		23:32 Help at the command line 
		25:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		26:41 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="19357696" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp313/glp313.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp313/glp313.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		26:41
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>You can get help for your Linux computer in many ways. In this episode we provide some details about each kind of support. Many of the answers to your questions are available on your distribution's website. Often, the fastest and easiest way to get answers to your questions about how to use Linux and its applications is to ask in the distribution's community forum. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 313 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:12 How to get help when you are using Linux <br>
		01:47 Use the F1 key for onboard help <br>
		03:14 Official websites <br>
		03:21 Community help <br>
		05:10 RTFM <br>
		05:53 Search in the discussion forums <br>
		06:40 Examples of communities you can browse for answers <br>
		08:23 You may find your answer in another distribution's forum <br>
		11:25 Using search engines like Google <br>
		11:42 Enterprise level support <br>
		12:59 Contract support for Linux <br>
		14:17 Support from your Linux computer manufacturer <br>
		15:11 Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications <br>
		16:10 Listen to podcasts for support <br>
		17:22 Onboard help for Linux applications <br>
		22:59 Application-specific support <br>
		23:32 Help at the command line <br>
		25:40 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		26:41 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:12" title="How to get help when you are using Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:47" title="Use the F1 key for onboard help " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:14" title="Official websites " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:21" title="Community help " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:10" title="RTFM " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:53" title="Search in the discussion forums " />
		<psc:chapter start="06:40" title="Examples of communities you can browse for answers " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:23" title="You may find your answer in another distribution's forum " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:25" title="Using search engines like Google " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:42" title="Enterprise level support " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:59" title="Contract support for Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:17" title="Support from your Linux computer manufacturer " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:11" title="Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:10" title="Listen to podcasts for support " />
		<psc:chapter start="17:22" title="Onboard help for Linux applications " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:59" title="Application-specific support " />
		<psc:chapter start="23:32" title="Help at the command line " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:40" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp312</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		02:14 Lyle: Test your backups! 
		05:39 Andrew: Partitioning and email 
		07:45 Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode 
		10:09 Allan: Scrivener 
		13:58 Nathan: Converting others to Linux 
		18:31 Ambrose: MBR Filter 
		26:30 Application pick: Firefox 
		30:09 Application pick: Yelp 
		32:30 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		33:52 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="24528896" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp312/glp312.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp312/glp312.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 05 Dec 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		33:52
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In this episode, Bill and Larry discuss feedback about backups, partitioning, cron jobs, Scrivener, the Windows MBR, and more. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 312 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		02:14 Lyle: Test your backups! <br>
		05:39 Andrew: Partitioning and email <br>
		07:45 Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode <br>
		10:09 Allan: Scrivener <br>
		13:58 Nathan: Converting others to Linux <br>
		18:31 Ambrose: MBR Filter <br>
		26:30 Application pick: Firefox <br>
		30:09 Application pick: Yelp <br>
		32:30 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		33:52 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:14" title="Lyle: Test your backups! " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:39" title="Andrew: Partitioning and email " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:45" title="Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:09" title="Allan: Scrivener " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:58" title="Nathan: Converting others to Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:31" title="Ambrose: MBR Filter " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:30" title="Application pick: Firefox " />
		<psc:chapter start="30:09" title="Application pick: Yelp " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:30" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp311</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:13 Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go 
		02:32 Installing X2Go 
		03:03 Installing the X2Go Server 
		04:59 Installing the X2Go Client 
		06:35 Setting up an X2Go session 
		10:10 Using X2Go 
		12:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		13:18 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="9721856" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp311/glp311.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp311/glp311.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 20 Nov 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		13:18
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Remote desktop technology for Linux has progressed since we first discussed it in 2010. Our recommendations have changed as a result. Now we recommend X2Go, which is more secure and more flexible. In this episode Larry describes how to install and use X2Go. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 311 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:13 Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go <br>
		02:32 Installing X2Go <br>
		03:03 Installing the X2Go Server <br>
		04:59 Installing the X2Go Client <br>
		06:35 Setting up an X2Go session <br>
		10:10 Using X2Go <br>
		12:18 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		13:18 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:13" title="Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:32" title="Installing X2Go " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:03" title="Installing the X2Go Server " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:59" title="Installing the X2Go Client " />
		<psc:chapter start="06:35" title="Setting up an X2Go session " />
		<psc:chapter start="10:10" title="Using X2Go " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:18" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp310</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:52 Larry needs more coffee 
		02:25 Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive 
		05:33 Tony: Email issues 
		09:24 JackDeth: Printers and Linux 
		14:46 Steve: ThinkPads on Linux 
		21:34 Marcio: New listener 
		22:18 JackDeth: 12-button mouse 
		23:58 Paul: Marketing Linux computers 
		30:42 Troy: Backups for small businesses 
		35:22 Ken: AMD processors and Linux 
		40:14 Eduardo: Securing backups 
		45:03 Madison: Gone Linux 
		54:24 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		55:33 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="40140800" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp310/glp310.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp310/glp310.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 05 Nov 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		55:33
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill and Larry solve the world's Linux issues... well the ones provided via our listener feedback anyway! From printers to ThinkPads and from marketing Linux to backups and processors, we discuss it all, and more. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 310 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:52 Larry needs more coffee <br>
		02:25 Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive <br>
		05:33 Tony: Email issues <br>
		09:24 JackDeth: Printers and Linux <br>
		14:46 Steve: ThinkPads on Linux <br>
		21:34 Marcio: New listener <br>
		22:18 JackDeth: 12-button mouse <br>
		23:58 Paul: Marketing Linux computers <br>
		30:42 Troy: Backups for small businesses <br>
		35:22 Ken: AMD processors and Linux <br>
		40:14 Eduardo: Securing backups <br>
		45:03 Madison: Gone Linux <br>
		54:24 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		55:33 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Larry needs more coffee " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:25" title="Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:33" title="Tony: Email issues " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:24" title="JackDeth: Printers and Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:46" title="Steve: ThinkPads on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:34" title="Marcio: New listener " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:18" title="JackDeth: 12-button mouse " />
		<psc:chapter start="23:58" title="Paul: Marketing Linux computers " />
		<psc:chapter start="30:42" title="Troy: Backups for small businesses " />
		<psc:chapter start="35:22" title="Ken: AMD processors and Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="40:14" title="Eduardo: Securing backups " />
		<psc:chapter start="45:03" title="Madison: Gone Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="54:24" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe " /> 
		<psc:chapter start="55:33" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp309</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology 
		00:15 Introduction 
		01:38 Bill has AI overload 
		03:44 The area of security changes so fast 
		04:07 Why Linux is safer 
		04:53 By default, Linux users do not run as administrators 
		06:36 Get software from trusted sources 
		07:04 Super User vs. Root 
		09:16 Linux requires your password to install sofware 
		10:14 Updates on Linux are never installed without your permission and always require your password 
		11:23 Good passwords are important 
		11:59 If you share your computer, setup a guest account 
		12:43 How is Linux setup to be more secure? 
		16:49 Passwords: A help or a hinderance for security? 
		17:42 Browser security 
		18:09 Tracking and cookies 
		22:08 Data collection by your operating system 
		23:15 How much information IS Windows 10 collecting about you? 
		26:22 ... and what are they doing with it? 
		28:27 Paranoia or just appropriately cautious? 
		29:24 Should you know what's in an update and have the choice of whether to install it or not? 
		31:49 Security patch release timing 
		34:19 Data collection and virtual assistants 
		39:30 Encrypting your data 
		43:21 Our basic Linux security recommendations 
		45:12 Use antivirus if you touch Windows files 
		46:05 Enable your software firewall 
		46:42 Stay updated 
		47:11 Use strong passwords 
		47:47 Make backups regularly 
		47:50 Install only from trusted sources 
		48:23 Use security-related browser plug-ins 
		48:56 Use common sense - be aware 
		52:53 Windows security recommendations 
		54:20 Run this list of software preventatively 
		56:05 Run this list of programs weekly 
		56:39 Run these programs monthly 
		60:37 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		62:03 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="44820480" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp309/glp309.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp309/glp309.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		62:03
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>In today's world of Internet insecurity, it's more important than ever to maximize your safety and privacy, both on line and off. That's why we think that you should use a computer that runs Linux -- because it's safe. Well it's safer, at least, than the two other most popular operating systems, Microsoft's Windows and Apple's MacOS. In this episode we provide an overview as well as some specific recommendations. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 309 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		01:38 Bill has AI overload <br>
		03:44 The area of security changes so fast <br>
		04:07 Why Linux is safer <br>
		04:53 By default, Linux users do not run as administrators <br>
		06:36 Get software from trusted sources <br>
		07:04 Super User vs. Root <br>
		09:16 Linux requires your password to install sofware <br>
		10:14 Updates on Linux are never installed without your permission and always require your password <br>
		11:23 Good passwords are important <br>
		11:59 If you share your computer, setup a guest account <br>
		12:43 How is Linux setup to be more secure? <br>
		16:49 Passwords: A help or a hinderance for security? <br>
		17:42 Browser security <br>
		18:09 Tracking and cookies <br>
		22:08 Data collection by your operating system <br>
		23:15 How much information IS Windows 10 collecting about you? <br>
		26:22 ... and what are they doing with it? <br>
		28:27 Paranoia or just appropriately cautious? <br>
		29:24 Should you know what's in an update and have the choice of whether to install it or not? <br>
		31:49 Security patch release timing <br>
		34:19 Data collection and virtual assistants <br>
		39:30 Encrypting your data <br>
		43:21 Our basic Linux security recommendations <br>
		45:12 Use antivirus if you touch Windows files <br>
		46:05 Enable your software firewall <br>
		46:42 Stay updated <br>
		47:11 Use strong passwords <br>
		47:47 Make backups regularly <br>
		47:50 Install only from trusted sources <br>
		48:23 Use security-related browser plug-ins <br>
		48:56 Use common sense - be aware <br>
		52:53 Windows security recommendations <br>
		54:20 Run this list of software preventatively <br>
		56:05 Run this list of programs weekly <br>
		56:39 Run these programs monthly <br>
		60:37 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		62:03 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Bill is off " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:13" title="Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:09" title="Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:25" title="Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:50" title="Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:40" title="Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:16" title="Göran: Writing bash scripts " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:38" title="Nancy: Audio is perfect now " />
		<psc:chapter start="27:27" title="John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:38" title="Bruce: More in-depth on audio " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:41" title="Dylan: Gone Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="36:35" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp308</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:52 Bill is off 
		01:13 Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! 
		07:09 Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points 
		11:25 Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? 
		19:50 Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy 
		22:40 Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO 
		25:16 Göran: Writing bash scripts 
		26:38 Nancy: Audio is perfect now 
		27:27 John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN 
		28:38 Bruce: More in-depth on audio 
		32:41 Dylan: Gone Linux 
		36:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		37:59 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="27494400" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp308/glp308.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp308/glp308.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		37:59
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! That's how our feedback starts this month. We get into the difficulties of installing Ubuntu on a dual-boot system with Win10, audio technical details, full-disk encryption, and much, much more. We even have a Gone Linux story. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 308 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:52 Bill is off <br>
		01:13 Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! <br>
		07:09 Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points <br>
		11:25 Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? <br>
		19:50 Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy <br>
		22:40 Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO <br>
		25:16 Göran: Writing bash scripts <br>
		26:38 Nancy: Audio is perfect now <br>
		27:27 John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN <br>
		28:38 Bruce: More in-depth on audio <br>
		32:41 Dylan: Gone Linux <br>
		36:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		37:59 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Bill is off " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:13" title="Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:09" title="Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:25" title="Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:50" title="Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:40" title="Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:16" title="Göran: Writing bash scripts " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:38" title="Nancy: Audio is perfect now " />
		<psc:chapter start="27:27" title="John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:38" title="Bruce: More in-depth on audio " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:41" title="Dylan: Gone Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="36:35" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp307</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology 
		00:15 Introduction 
		02:03 Backup Technologies
		02:56 How do I know what and where to backup 
		11:07 Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery 
		16:56 How often should I backup? 
		21:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		23:08 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="16801792" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp307/glp307.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp307/glp307.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		23:08
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We've talked about backups and backup software in at least three previous episodes, but it’s been a while. The last time we produced a full-fledged episode was in 2008! We take a fresh look at backups and some of the current applications and methods available today. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 307 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		02:03 Backup Technologies
		02:56 How do I know what and where to backup <br>
		11:07 Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery <br>
		16:56 How often should I backup? <br>
		21:05 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		23:08 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:03" title="Backup Technologies " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:56" title="How do I know what and where to backup " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:07" title="Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:56" title="How often should I backup? " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:05" title="goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe " /> 
		<psc:chapter start="21:05" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp306</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		03:01 Galen: Feedback on 303 
		15:52 John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu 
		19:52 John: Audio issues 
		23:09 Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux 
		25:18 Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304 
		27:53 John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN 
		34:55 Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04 
		36:48 Brock: The dangers of the rm command 
		41:31 Augustin: App suggestion CastBack 
		45:24 Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu 
		48:31 Alec: Audio issues with the podcast 
		50:50: Nancy: More on audio problems 
		52:13 Paul: Wireless printing on Linux 
		55:12 Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO 
		57:58 Dries: Network shares 
		60:40 Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305 
		62:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		63:25 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="45805568" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp306/glp306.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp306/glp306.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 05 Sep 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		63:25
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>This month's topics include Virutal Box on Ubuntu, remote into Ubuntu, installing netbeans, the dangers of rm, Mint vs. Ubuntu, wireless printing, network shares and feedback on past episodes. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 306 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		03:01 Galen: Feedback on 303 <br>
		15:52 John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu <br>
		19:52 John: Audio issues <br>
		23:09 Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux <br>
		25:18 Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304 <br>
		27:53 John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN <br>
		34:55 Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04 <br>
		36:48 Brock: The dangers of the rm command <br>
		41:31 Augustin: App suggestion CastBack <br>
		45:24 Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu <br>
		48:31 Alec: Audio issues with the podcast <br>
		50:50: Nancy: More on audio problems <br>
		52:13 Paul: Wireless printing on Linux <br>
		55:12 Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO <br>
		57:58 Dries: Network shares <br>
		60:40 Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305 <br>
		62:07 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		63:25 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:01" title="Galen: Feedback on 303 " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:52" title="John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:52" title="John: Audio issues " />
		<psc:chapter start="23:09" title="Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:18" title="Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304 " />
		<psc:chapter start="27:53" title="John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN " />
		<psc:chapter start="34:55" title="Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04 " />
		<psc:chapter start="36:48" title="Brock: The dangers of the rm command " />
		<psc:chapter start="41:31" title="Augustin: App suggestion CastBack " />
		<psc:chapter start="45:24" title="Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu " />
		<psc:chapter start="48:31" title="Alec: Audio issues with the podcast " />
		<psc:chapter start="50:50" title="Nancy: More on audio problems " />
		<psc:chapter start="52:13" title="Paul: Wireless printing on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="55:12" title="Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO " />
		<psc:chapter start="57:58" title="Dries: Network shares " />
		<psc:chapter start="60:40" title=" Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305 " />
		<psc:chapter start="62:07" title="Wrap-up " />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp305</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:46 Billl's audio 
		04:11 Gaming on Linux 
		09:26 Gaming with Wine 	
		12:12 Installing games with Steam 
		12:36 DOS gaming 
		13:57 No physical media 
		18:12 How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux? 
		19:06 Graphics on Linux? 
		20:56 Sound on Linux 
		25:41 Bill's favorite games? 
		25:53 Team Fortress 2 
		26:16 Flight Gear 
		27:51 vs. X-plane 
		31:27 Free software 
		38:01 Pokemon Go! 
		39:41 Some games you may not have heard about 
		43:56 Getting started with gaming on Linux 
		46:17 What else you should know about Linux gaming 
		53:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe  
		54:32 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="39409664" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp305/glp305.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp305/glp305.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sat, 20 Aug 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		54:32
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>We take a fresh look at gaming on Linux, including the state of Steam and some of the native Linux game titles. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 305 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:46 Billl's audio <br>
		04:11 Gaming on Linux <br>
		09:26 Gaming with Wine <br>	
		12:12 Installing games with Steam <br>
		12:36 DOS gaming <br>
		13:57 No physical media <br>
		18:12 How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux? <br>
		19:06 Graphics on Linux? <br>
		20:56 Sound on Linux <br>
		25:41 Bill's favorite games? <br>
		25:53 Team Fortress 2 <br>
		26:16 Flight Gear <br>
		27:51 vs. X-plane <br>
		31:27 Free software <br>
		38:01 Pokemon Go! <br>
		39:41 Some games you may not have heard about <br>
		43:56 Getting started with gaming on Linux <br>
		46:17 What else you should know about Linux gaming <br>
		53:14 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		54:32 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:46" title="Billl's audio " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:11" title="Gaming on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:26" title="Gaming with Wine " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:12" title="Installing games with Steam " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:36" title="DOS gaming " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:57" title="No physical media " />
		<psc:chapter start="18:12" title="How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux? " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:06" title="Graphics on Linux? " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:56" title="Sound on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:41" title="Bill's favorite games? " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:53" title="Team Fortress 2 " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:16" title="Flight Gear " />
		<psc:chapter start="27:51" title="vs. X-plane " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:27" title="Free software " />
		<psc:chapter start="38:01" title="Pokemon Go! " />
		<psc:chapter start="39:41" title="Some games you may not have heard about " />
		<psc:chapter start="43:56" title="Getting started with gaming on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="46:17" title="What else you should know about Linux gaming " />
		<psc:chapter start="53:14" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp304</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:53 Welcome to California
		02:28 Gus: Provides a suggestion
		04:01 Angelo: It's not political correctness
		05:15 Paul: TMP file size too small
		11:05 Darren: Which desktop?
		13:41 Steve: Regarding Wordpress
		19:15 Bill finds another cloud service
		24:39 Gone Linux: Greg
		29:07 Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager
		34:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		35:16 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="25536512" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp304/glp304.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp304/glp304.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Fri, 05 Aug 2016 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		35:16
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Bill completes his move and finds another cloud service. We receive a suggestion from Gus, and a correction from Angelo. We answer questions on TMP partitions and desktop selections. Steve lets us know about Wordpress.  </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 304 Time Stamps</u> <br>
		00:00 Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:53 Welcome to California <br>
		02:28 Gus: Provides a suggestion <br>
		04:01 Angelo: It's not political correctness <br>
		05:15 Paul: TMP file size too small <br>
		11:05 Darren: Which desktop? <br>
		13:41 Steve: Regarding Wordpress <br>
		19:15 Bill finds another cloud service <br>
		24:39 Gone Linux: Greg <br>
		29:07 Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager <br>
		34:23 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br>
		35:16 End </p>]]></description> 
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:53" title="Welcome to California " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:28" title="Gus: Provides a suggestion " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:01" title="Angelo: It's not political correctness " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:15" title="Paul: TMP file size too small " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:05" title="Darren: Which desktop? " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:41" title="Steve: Regarding Wordpress " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:15" title="Bill finds another cloud service " />
		<psc:chapter start="24:39" title="Gone Linux: Greg " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:07" title="Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager " />
		<psc:chapter start="34:23" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #303 · Hacked! </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp303</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #303 · Hacked! </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #303 · Hacked! 
		00:15 Introduction 
		02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show 
		04:16 Who is Larry Bushey? 
		05:44 What is Linux? 
		07:02 Where do you find Linux? 
		07:43 Linux is more secure. 
		09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think 
		11:27 Which Linux is right for you? 
		14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux 
		16:45 Does it work with my software 
		19:17 How easy is it to switch? 
 		19:45 Installing Linux 
		26:08 How did Linux get its name? 
		28:03 Will it make my computer better? 
		31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux 
		33:10 The government is the problem 
		35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers? 
		37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising 
		38:52 Dispelling old myths  
		40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76 
		41:58 Or install it on an older computer 
		43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux 
		45:45 Chromebooks run Linux 
		47:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		49:13 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="35581952" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp303/glp303.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp303/glp303.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		49:13
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Did you know that Charles Tendell has his own radio show? Yep. He's on 1690 AM, KDMT Denver's Money Talk. And I was a guest on his show in June. Yep. I'm back on live radio! You can subscribe to his podcast at http://thecharlestendellshow.com/﻿. Yep. He has one of those, too!   </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 303 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #303 · Hacked! <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show <br>
		04:16 Who is Larry Bushey? <br>
		05:44 What is Linux? <br>
		07:02 Where do you find Linux? <br>
		07:43 Linux is more secure. <br>
		09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think <br>
		11:27 Which Linux is right for you? <br>
		14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux <br>
		16:45 Does it work with my software <br>
		19:17 How easy is it to switch? <br>
 		19:45 Installing Linux <br>
		26:08 How did Linux get its name? <br>
		28:03 Will it make my computer better? <br>
		31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux <br>
		33:10 The government is the problem <br>
		35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers? <br>
		37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising <br>
		38:52 Dispelling old myths  <br>
		40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76 <br>
		41:58 Or install it on an older computer <br>
		43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux <br>
		45:45 Chromebooks run Linux <br>
		47:09 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		49:13 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show " />
		<psc:chapter start="04:16 Who is Larry Bushey? " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:44 What is Linux? " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:02 Where do you find Linux? " />
		<psc:chapter start="07:43 Linux is more secure. " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think " />
		<psc:chapter start="11:27 Which Linux is right for you? " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:45 Does it work with my software " />
		<psc:chapter start="19:17 How easy is it to switch? " />
 		<psc:chapter start="19:45 Installing Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:08 How did Linux get its name? " />
		<psc:chapter start="28:03 Will it make my computer better? " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="33:10 The government is the problem " />
		<psc:chapter start="35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers? " />
		<psc:chapter start="37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising " />
		<psc:chapter start="38:52 Dispelling old myths " />
		<psc:chapter start="40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76 " />
		<psc:chapter start="41:58 Or install it on an older computer " />
		<psc:chapter start="43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="45:45 Chromebooks run Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="47:09" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp302</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback 
		00:15 Introduction 
		00:51 No voice mail lately 
		01:12 Cliff: Certifications 
		05:07 Martyn: Backups on Linux 
		08:01 Frank: Software pick - Easystroke 
		09:09 Scott: Can't send a fax 
		12:24 Gus: Has suggestion for window previews 
		12:48 Tony: Topic suggestion? 
		14:59 Richard returns! 
		16:22 Richard: Thanks 
		22:38 Sam: Please review Gecko Linux 
		29:11 Scott: ThinkPads and converts 
		33:05 Michael: Compatibility 
		34:27 Gone Linux: Nathan older computers 
		36:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		38:37 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="27949056" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp302/glp302.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp302/glp302.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		38:37
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>What are the best Linux certifications to get? Software replacement for a multi-button mouse -- gestures. Linux compatible printers. Follow-ups from previous show topics. A new Linux distro. And much, much more... </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 302 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback <br>
		00:15 Introduction <br>
		00:51 No voice mail lately <br>
		01:12 Cliff: Certifications <br>
		05:07 Martyn: Backups on Linux <br>
		08:01 Frank: Software pick - Easystroke <br>
		09:09 Scott: Can't send a fax <br>
		12:24 Gus: Has suggestion for window previews <br>
		12:48 Tony: Topic suggestion? <br>
		14:59 Richard returns! <br>
		16:22 Richard: Thanks <br>
		22:38 Sam: Please review Gecko Linux <br>
		29:11 Scott: ThinkPads and converts <br>
		33:05 Michael: Compatibility <br>
		34:27 Gone Linux: Nathan older computers <br>
		36:44 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		38:37 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:51" title="No voice mail lately " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:12" title="Cliff: Certifications " />
		<psc:chapter start="05:07" title="Martyn: Backups on Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="08:01" title="Frank: Software pick - Easystroke " />
		<psc:chapter start="09:09" title="Scott: Can't send a fax " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:24" title="Gus: Has suggestion for window previews " />
		<psc:chapter start="12:48" title="Tony: Topic suggestion? " />
		<psc:chapter start="14:59" title="Richard returns! " />
		<psc:chapter start="16:22" title="Richard: Thanks " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:38" title="Sam: Please review Gecko Linux " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:11" title="Scott: ThinkPads and converts " />
		<psc:chapter start="33:05" title="Michael: Compatibility " />
		<psc:chapter start="34:27" title="Gone Linux: Nathan older computers " />
		<psc:chapter start="36:44" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp301</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media 
		01:33 Alternatives to Facebook 
		03:06 Wordpress 
		15:23 The Maker 
		20:16 Blue Griffon 
		21:26 TeamSpeak 
		22:29 Mumble 
		26:03 Don't overlook your web host 
		29:08 FileZilla 
		29:46 Encrypting stored files 
		30:37 With open source you have choices 
		32:59 Application pick: Atom 
		35:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 
		36:41 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="26556416" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp301/glp301.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp301/glp301.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		36:41
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media </b></p>
		Today we discuss Open Source software and services to meet your online media needs. It may be  totally free software or it might be a application running on some service you paid for. But it all has one thing in common. Everything we discuss is using, in some part, an Open Source application or service. </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 301 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media <br>
		01:33 Alternatives to Facebook <br>
		03:06 Wordpress <br>
		15:23 The Maker <br>
		20:16 Blue Griffon <br>
		21:26 TeamSpeak <br>
		22:29 Mumble <br>
		26:03 Don't overlook your web host <br>
		29:08 FileZilla <br>
		29:46 Encrypting stored files <br>
		30:37 With open source you have choices <br>
		32:59 Application pick: Atom <br>
		35:35 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		36:41 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:33" title="Alternatives to Facebook " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:06" title="Wordpress " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:23" title="The Maker " />
		<psc:chapter start="20:16" title="Blue Griffon " />
		<psc:chapter start="21:26" title="TeamSpeak " />
		<psc:chapter start="22:29" title="Mumble " />
		<psc:chapter start="26:03" title="Don't overlook your web host " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:08" title="FileZilla " />
		<psc:chapter start="29:46" title="Encrypting stored files " />
		<psc:chapter start="30:37" title="With open source you have choices " />
		<psc:chapter start="32:59" title="Application pick: Atom " />
		<psc:chapter start="35:35" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
<item>
	<title>Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback </title>
	<link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp300</link>
	<author>goinglinux@gmail.com (Larry Bushey)</author>
	<itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		00:00 Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback
		01:06 Aidan: Window previews with Mutter
		03:51 Tony: Flash crash
		06:07 Will: Why now, go Linux?
		13:17 Michael: What about Linux Lite
		15:15 Sean: What no Puppy?
		17:38 Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu
		25:34 Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology
		31:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe
		32:31 End </itunes:summary>
	<itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg" />
    <enclosure length="23808000" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp300/glp300.mp3" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp300/glp300.mp3</guid>
	<pubDate>Sun, 05 Jun 2016 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
	<itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		32:31
	</itunes:duration>
	<itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
		technology,how,to,linux,education,training
	</itunes:keywords>
	<description>
		<![CDATA[<p><b>Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback </b></p>
		Aidan wants previews, Tony crashes, Will doubts Linux, Michael likes it light, Sean likes Puppy, Frank is unhappy and Angelo corrects some misinformation.  </b><br>
<br>
		<p><u>Episode 300 Time Stamps</u><br>
		00:00 Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback <br>
		01:06 Aidan: Window previews with Mutter<br>
		03:51 Tony: Flash crash<br>
		06:07 Will: Why now, go Linux?<br>
		13:17 Michael: What about Linux Lite<br>
		15:15 Sean: What no Puppy?<br>
		17:38 Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu<br>
		25:34 Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology<br>
		31:19 goinglinux.com, goinglinux@gmail.com, +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br>
		32:31 End </p>]]></description>
	<!-- Simple Chapter Information -->
	<psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
		<psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback " />
		<psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction " />
		<psc:chapter start="01:06" title="Aidan: Window previews with Mutter " />
		<psc:chapter start="03:51" title="Tony: Flash crash " />
		<psc:chapter start="06:07" title="Will: Why now, go Linux? " />
		<psc:chapter start="13:17" title="Michael: What about Linux Lite " />
		<psc:chapter start="15:15" title="Sean: What no Puppy? " />
		<psc:chapter start="17:38" title="Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu " />
		<psc:chapter start="25:34" title="Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology " />
		<psc:chapter start="31:19" title="Wrap-up" />
	</psc:chapters>
</item>
  </channel>
</rss>